JP2021058535A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To allow many kinds of communication to be appropriately controlled.SOLUTION: A token number control CPU 301 of a slot machine SM transmits to a card knit CU game machine information at a transmission timing in a prescribed cycle and, between a main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM and the token number control CPU 301, performs first communication for the token number control CPU 301 to acquire from the main control CPU 101 information of the game machine information that the token number control CPU does not manage at communication timing prior to transmission timing in accordance with the transmission timing in the prescribed cycle and second communication for moving pseudo tokens between the main control CPU 101 and the token number control CPU 301 without waiting for first communication timing after a moment arrives when the moment of movements of the pseudo tokens between the main control CPU 101 and the token number control CPU 301 occurs.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 30

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine installed in a game field such as a pachinko hall.

In a game machine provided with a main control board and a frame control board by exchanging game value as data between the card unit, communication between the main control board and the frame control board, and communication between the frame control board and the card unit. There are gaming machines that communicate with each other.

In such a game machine, as in Patent Document 1, the main control board notifies the frame control board of the game machine information at a fixed cycle (100 ms), and the frame control board responds to this notification to the frame control board. Further, the frame control board includes a game machine that notifies the card unit of game machine information at a cycle of 300 ms, which is slower than a fixed cycle (100 ms) of communication with the main control board.

Japanese Patent No. 6538229 (paragraph 0315, FIG. 40, etc.)

By the way, there is a slot machine in which a game is played by handling medals and the like only with electronic data without using existing medals and the like made of metal and the like. In such a slot machine, communication between a medal number control board (corresponding to the above-mentioned "frame control board") that controls the management of the number of medals of the slot machine and a card unit with respect to game machine information, and a slot There is communication between the medal number control board of the machine and the main control board (corresponding to the above "main control board") that controls the progress of the game of the slot machine. In addition, between the medal number control board and the main board for giving and receiving the number of medals that move between the medal number control board and the main control board in connection with the insertion, settlement (cancellation of insertion), and withdrawal of medals. There is communication with.

However, Patent Document 1 does not assume that all of the above three communications are performed, and therefore does not disclose how the above three communications are controlled. For example, when communication for transferring (inserting, paying, paying out) the number of medals is performed periodically between the medal number control board and the main control board, there is a waiting time after the opportunity to transfer the number of medals occurs. This will occur, and there is a risk that a waiting time will occur in the progress of the game on the condition that the communication is periodically performed, which may give the player a feeling of frustration. On the other hand, the clerk monitors errors and fraud based on the contents of the game machine information, and if the game machine information is not periodically transmitted to the card unit, the clerk responds appropriately and promptly to the error or fraud. Therefore, it is necessary to periodically transmit and receive game machine information between the medal number control board and the card unit, and between the medal number control board and the main control board. As described above, regarding the above three communications, since the information related to the transfer of the number of medals and the game machine information have different characteristics, it is not a good idea to use the same transmission control method for the three communications.

The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and includes a main control device that controls the progress of the game and a value amount control device for the game that controls the amount of the value for the game. Communication between the game value amount control device related to machine information and an external game machine compatible unit, communication between the game value control device and the main control device related to game machine information, game value It is an object of the present invention to provide a game machine capable of appropriately controlling these three communications in a game machine that communicates between a game value control device and a main control device related to the movement of the player. ..

In order to achieve the above object, the gaming machine according to the present invention starts a symbol display means having a plurality of variable display columns for variably displaying a plurality of types of symbols and variable display of each of the plurality of variable display columns. The game start operation means and the stop operation means for stopping the variable display corresponding to each of the plurality of variable display rows, and for the game according to the stop result when all the variable display rows are stopped. In the game machine to which the value is given, the main control device for controlling the progress of the game and the game value amount control device for controlling the management of the amount of the game value are provided. The game value is received from the game value amount control device, a game using the game value is performed by operating the game start operation means, and the game is given based on the stop result of the game. The value is passed to the game value amount control device, and the game value amount control device transmits game machine information including a plurality of items to an external game machine compatible unit, and the transfer amount of the game value. Is included in the transfer information and transmitted / received to / from the external game machine compatible unit to exchange the game value with the external game machine compatible unit by the amount of the exchange value of the game machine information. The transmission is performed at the transmission timing in a predetermined cycle, and the communication of the transfer information is performed at a timing different from the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle, and the main control device and the game value amount control device are used. In response to the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle, at the communication timing prior to the transmission of the game machine information to the external game machine compatible unit by the game value amount control device, the game The value amount control device acquires information on items including at least the first acquisition item that is not managed by the game value amount control device from the main control device among the plurality of items of the game machine information. For either the first communication for the purpose, the input of the game value between the main control device and the game value amount control device, the cancellation of the input of the game value, or the addition of the game value. When the trigger for the movement of the game value involved occurs, the game is used between the main control device and the game value amount control device without waiting for the first communication timing after the trigger occurs. A second communication for moving the value by the amount of movement is performed, and the amount of movement of the game value between the main control device and the game value amount control device in the second communication. Move minutes Is performed by moving a predetermined amount of the game value until the movement amount of the game value is reached, and in the plurality of items, the game value amount control device is the first. There are the first acquisition item based on the information acquired by communication and the second acquisition item based on the information acquired by the game value amount control device in the second communication, and the first acquisition item is 1 There are a game unit input amount item related to the input amount of the game value in the game and a game unit grant amount item related to the amount of the game value given in one game, and the second acquisition item is continuous. To the actual input amount of the game value in the section based on the movement of the predetermined amount related to either the input of the game value or the cancellation of the input using the second communication in the transmission timing section. The actual amount of the game value in the section based on the section unit input amount item involved and the movement of the predetermined amount related to the granting of the game value using the second communication in the continuous transmission timing section. It is characterized by having a section unit grant amount item related to the grant amount.

According to this configuration, the transmission related to the game machine information from the game value amount control device to the external game machine compatible unit is performed at the transmission timing in a predetermined cycle, and the main control device and the game value amount control device Between, the communication related to the game machine information is performed at the communication timing prior to the first transmission timing corresponding to the transmission timing in a predetermined cycle. Therefore, unnecessary communication is not performed at a timing that does not correspond to the transmission timing. In addition, since the game machine information used by the clerk to monitor errors and fraud is periodically sent to the card unit, the clerk can respond appropriately and promptly to the error and fraud. Further, between the main control device and the game value control device, when the game value transfer trigger occurs, the game value movement amount does not wait for the first communication timing after the trigger occurs. Communication is performed to move the minute. Therefore, the game value corresponding to the movement amount can be moved between the main control device and the game value amount control device without delay without waiting time after the trigger for the movement of the game value occurs. It is possible to avoid giving the player a feeling of frustration that the progress of the game is delayed due to the movement of the game value between the control device and the game value amount control device. In this way, communication between the game value amount control device related to the game machine information and the external game machine compatible unit, and between the game value control device and the main control device related to the game machine information. Communication between the game value control device and the main control device related to communication and movement of game value can be appropriately controlled according to the information transmitted and received in each communication.

Further, in the first communication, the game value amount control device makes a predetermined request to the main control device at the communication timing, and the main control device receives the predetermined request and receives the predetermined request. The information of the item including the first acquisition item may be responded to the game value amount control device.

According to this configuration, since the first communication between the main control device for communicating the game machine information and the game value amount control device is started at the request from the game value amount control device side, the timing of performing the first communication is performed. Can be easily adjusted to a timing based on the transmission timing to the game machine compatible unit. Further, since it is possible to avoid the occupation of the processing between the medal number control device and the main control device due to the first communication performing extra communication, it is possible to use the game between the main control device and the game value control device. After the opportunity for value transfer occurs, the second communication can be started early without any waiting time.

Further, in the game value amount control device, the input amount in the game unit input amount item acquired from the main control device is a set allowable input amount that can be set in the game machine and other game machines. It is confirmed whether or not there is, and if it is not the set allowable input amount, an abnormality is notified, and the grant amount in the game unit grant amount item acquired from the main control device is the grant amount in the game machine and other game machines. It may be confirmed whether or not the setting is an allowable setting allowable grant amount, and if it is not the setting allowable grant amount, an abnormality may be notified.

According to this configuration, when the value amount control device for games receives the input amount from the main control device, if the received input amount is not the set allowable input amount, it detects that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred. In such a case, since the abnormality is notified, the occurrence of the abnormality such as this fraud can be easily detected. Further, when the value amount control device for games receives the grant amount from the main control device, if the received grant amount is not the set allowable grant amount, it detects that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred, and such Since the abnormality is notified in the case, the occurrence of the abnormality such as this fraud can be easily detected.

Further, the game value amount control device confirms whether or not the input amount in the game unit input amount item acquired from the main control device is the unique set input amount set in the game machine. If it is not the unique setting input amount, an abnormality is notified, and whether or not the grant amount in the game unit grant amount item acquired from the main control device is the unique setting grant amount set in the game machine. If it is not the specific setting grant amount, an abnormality may be notified.

For example, when the unique set input amount or the unique setting grant amount set in the game machine is a part of the set allowable input amount or the set allowable grant amount, the input amount or the grant amount is unique among the set allowable input amount. An abnormality such as fraud has occurred even if the input amount is other than the set input amount or the specific setting grant amount among the set allowable grant amounts. According to this configuration, when the value amount control device for games receives the input amount from the main control device, if the input amount received is not the uniquely set input amount, it detects that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred. In such a case, since the abnormality is notified, the occurrence of the abnormality such as this fraud can be easily detected. Further, when the value amount control device for games receives the grant amount from the main control device, if the received grant amount is not the unique setting grant amount, it detects that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred, and such Since the abnormality is notified in the case, the occurrence of the abnormality such as this fraud can be easily detected.

Further, the unique setting input amount and the unique setting grant amount are notified from the main control device to the game value amount control device when the power is turned on to the game machine, so that the game value amount is notified. It may be managed by a control device.

According to this configuration, it is possible to avoid the occurrence of a workload in which the unique setting input amount and the unique setting grant amount are set in the game value amount control device in advance.

It is a front view of the slot machine and the card unit which are an example of the gaming machine which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention. It is a block diagram which shows the communication system of a slot machine. It is a block diagram which shows the apparatus structure of a card unit and the function of a unit control board. It is a block diagram which shows the electrical structure of a slot machine. It is a functional block diagram which shows the function of the main control board, the sub control board, and the medal number control board of FIG. It is a figure for demonstrating the pin arrangement of the connector which connects between a slot machine and a card unit. (A) is a diagram showing a telegram format used for communication between a slot machine and a card unit, and (b) is a diagram for explaining each item of the telegram format. It is a figure which shows the list of the telegram used for communication between a slot machine and a card unit. It is a figure which shows the detail of the telegram format of the telegram "game machine information notification" of FIG. It is a figure which shows the item "game machine performance information" in the item "game machine information" of FIG. It is a figure which shows the item "game machine installation information" in the item "game machine information" of FIG. It is a figure which shows the item "hole control / fraud monitoring information" in the item "game machine information" of FIG. It is a figure which shows the item "game information" (excluding the item "the number of game information") of FIG. It is a figure which shows the detail of the telegram format of the telegram "counting notification" of FIG. It is a figure which shows the detail of the telegram format of the telegram "rental notice" of FIG. It is a figure which shows the detail of the telegram format of the telegram "lending receipt result response" of FIG. It is a figure which shows the basic communication sequence using the telegram "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "rental notification", and "lending receipt result response" between a slot machine and a card unit. It is a figure which shows the basic communication sequence between a slot machine and a card unit when a slot machine is started first. It is a figure which shows the basic communication sequence between a slot machine and a card unit when a card unit is started first. It is a figure which shows the transmission condition and the priority order of transmission of "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", "hall control, fraud monitoring information" in the telegram "game machine information notification". It is a figure which shows the basic communication sequence of the telegram "game machine information notification" ("game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", "hall computer, fraud monitoring information") between a slot machine and a card unit. FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a specific example of counting between a slot machine and a card unit in the basic communication sequence between the slot machine and the card unit of FIG. It is a figure which shows a specific example of lending between a slot machine and a card unit in the basic communication sequence between a slot machine and a card unit of FIG. It is a figure which shows the sequence related to the insertion of the medal at the time of the bet switch operation between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in a slot machine. It is a figure which shows the sequence (the 1) which concerns the insertion of the medal at the time of the maximum bet switch operation between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in a slot machine. It is a figure which shows the sequence (the 2) which concerns the insertion of the medal at the time of the maximum bet switch operation between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in a slot machine. It is a figure which shows the sequence related to the cancellation of the insertion of the medal at the time of the settlement switch operation between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in a slot machine. It is a figure which shows the sequence related to the payout of the medal at the time of payout of the medal between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in a slot machine. It is a figure which shows the sequence when the time-out occurs in the middle of inserting the medal at the time of the maximum bet switch operation between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in a slot machine. It is a figure which shows the communication sequence between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in a slot machine, and between the medal number control CPU of a slot machine, and the unit CPU of a card unit. It is a figure which shows the communication sequence which is the continuation of the communication sequence of FIG. It is a figure which shows the communication sequence which is the continuation of the communication sequence of FIG. It is a figure which shows the communication sequence which is the continuation of the communication sequence of FIG. It is a figure which shows the transmission timing of "hole control / fraud monitoring information" that a problem is assumed. It is a figure for demonstrating the transmission timing of "hole control / fraud monitoring information" in this embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the transmission timing of payout information. It is a figure which shows the modification of the circuit structure of the operation means. It is a front view of the board case which housed the main control board and the medal number control board. It is a perspective view of FIG. 38. FIG. 38 is an exploded perspective view of FIG. 38. It is a perspective view of the part of the substrate case of FIG. 38 in a swiveled state. It is a perspective view of the state in which both substrate cases of FIG. 38 are swiveled. It is a perspective view of the first substrate case of FIG. 38. It is a rear view of the lid member of the 1st substrate case. It is a perspective view of the base member of the 1st substrate case. It is a perspective view of the 2nd substrate case of FIG. 38. It is a rear view of the lid member of the 2nd substrate case. It is a perspective view of the base member of the 2nd substrate case. It is a partial perspective view of the means for caulking and fixing the first substrate case. It is a perspective view of a part of the 1st swivel shaft part which supports the 1st substrate case. It is a perspective view of another part of the 1st swivel shaft part which supports the 1st substrate case. It is a perspective view of the 1st swivel shaft part which supports the 1st substrate case. It is a partial perspective view of the means for caulking and fixing the second substrate case. It is a perspective view of a part of the 2nd swivel shaft part which supports the 2nd substrate case. It is a perspective view of another part of the 2nd swivel shaft part which supports the 2nd substrate case. It is a perspective view of the 2nd swivel shaft part which supports the 2nd substrate case. It is a perspective view of the support plate on the game machine housing side. It is a front view of the 1st and 2nd substrate cases in a state where there is a gap between the 1st and 2nd connector portions. It is a perspective view of a connector part. It is sectional drawing in the state which the connector part was connected, and is the cross-sectional view taken by arrow CC of FIG. 61. It is the figure when the control board is seen from the front with the board case fixed to the housing. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG. (A) is a diagram showing the positional relationship between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in a state where the first connector of the main control board and the second connector of the medal number control board are fitted at regular positions. It is a figure which shows the positional relationship between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in the state which there is (b) fitted in the shifted position. It is a figure which shows the communication sequence between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in the slot machine in the modification, and between the medal number control CPU of a slot machine, and the unit CPU of a card unit. It is a figure which shows the communication sequence between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in the slot machine, and between the medal number control CPU of a slot machine, and the unit CPU of a card unit in another modification. It is a figure which shows the communication sequence which continued the communication sequence of FIG. 65. It is a front view of another embodiment of a substrate case. It is a top view for demonstrating the arrangement position of the sticker on which the identification symbol of the substrate (main control board, sub control board, medal number control board, etc.) in the modification (1) was formed. It is a figure for demonstrating the relationship between the identification symbol and the component arranged around it, and is the cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. 68. (A) and (b) are other cross-sectional views for explaining the relationship between the identification symbol and the parts arranged around the identification symbol. It is a top view for demonstrating the arrangement position of the sticker on which the identification symbol of the substrate (main control board, sub control board, medal number control board, etc.) in the modification (2) was formed. (A) to (c) are for explaining the relationship between the identification symbols of the boards (main control board, sub control board, medal number control board, etc.) in the modified example (3) and the components arranged around them. It is a sectional view.

<Embodiment>
An embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 63. In the present specification, for the sake of facilitation of description, the data corresponding to the game value used for the game instead of the game medal is appropriately described as a “pseudo medal”.

(Slot machine system)
First, the slot machine system will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG. 1 is a front view of a slot machine SM and a card unit CU according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a slot machine system.

As shown in FIG. 2, the slot machine system is installed adjacent to the slot machine SM, the hall computer, the management computer, and the slot machine SM that play a game based on the value for the game, and is connected to the slot machine SM. It is composed of a card unit CU and a center, which are configured to lend and return game values in a data format and to transmit various information to a hall computer and a management computer.
In this embodiment, information that can specify the number of bonus winnings, the number of games between bonuses, and the like is transmitted from the card unit CU to the hall computer. In addition, information related to the performance of the slot machine SM, such as the accessory ratio, is transmitted from the card unit CU to the management computer. In the slot machine SM, the number of pseudo medals is sent from the card unit CU to the medal number control board 300 in the form of number data, and the game is executed by the number data management by the medal number control board 300.

Further, in the present embodiment, in the slot machine system, the balance data regarding the balance of cash inserted by the player and the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player that can be lent to the slot machine SM (hereinafter, appropriately, "the number of medals possessed". (Hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “number of medals held data”) indicating the number of medals (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “number of medals held”) is stored in the storage means 502a (see FIG. 3) of the unit control board 500 of the card unit CU. Further, the number data indicating the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player that can be used for the game in the slot machine SM (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as “game medal”) (hereinafter, appropriately, “game medal number data””. Is stored in the storage means 302a (see FIG. 5) of the medal number control board 300 of the slot machine SM. The storage means 502a is formed in the RAM section (volatile memory) of the memory 502, the storage means 302a is formed in the RAM section (volatile memory) of the memory 302, and the storage means 502a and the storage means 302a supply power. It is possible to retain the stored contents only when the power supply is stopped, and the stored contents are erased when the power supply is stopped.

Then, by operating the lending switch 503a of the card unit CU, the card unit CU lends a predetermined number of pseudo medals to the slot machine SM. In this lending, the balance data or the lending number data stored in the storage means 502a of the card unit CU is subtracted by the amount corresponding to the predetermined lending number, or the lending is possible by subtracting the predetermined lending number. It is rewritten to the number of sheets data. Further, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the slot machine SM is rewritten with the game medal number data increased by a predetermined number of loaned sheets.

Further, by operating the return switch 503b of the card unit CU, the number of pseudo medals (stored in the storage means 302a) indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU. All of the pseudo medals) will be returned. In this return, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the slot machine SM is rewritten into the game medal number data indicating the number of sheets "0". Further, the number of medals held data stored in the storage means 502a of the card unit CU is rewritten with the number of medals held data increased by the number of returned medals. Subsequently, the balance data and the number of medals held data stored in the storage means 502a are stored in the medal card housed in the card insertion / ejection device 504, and the medal card is inserted into / ejected from the card insertion / ejection device 504a. Is discharged from. Then, the balance data and the number of medals held data stored in the storage means 502a are rewritten into the balance data indicating the balance "0" and the lendingable number data indicating the number of sheets "0".

Further, by operating the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 of the slot machine SM, a bet (insertion) of pseudo medals for a predetermined number of bets (insertion number) is performed. In this bet, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the slot machine SM is rewritten into the game medal number data subtracted by a predetermined number of bets.

In addition, the slot machine SM pays out a predetermined number of pseudo medals to the player by winning a winning combination of the pseudo medals. In this payout, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the slot machine SM is rewritten with the game medal number data increased by a predetermined payout number. In this embodiment, pseudo medals are inserted, pseudo medals are paid out, and game medal number data is rewritten by exchanging signals between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, which will be described in detail later.

Further, information is exchanged bidirectionally between the medal number control board 300 and the card unit CU via the I / F boards 90 and 550. Further, a power source (voltage) based on an internal power source (internal power source of the card unit CU) is supplied from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM via the I / F boards 90 and 550.

In the following, first, the functions of the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be described in detail, and then the power supply related to the slot machine SM and the card unit CU and the connection relationship between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be described in detail.

(Card unit)
As shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the card unit CU includes a unit information display device 505, a cash insertion device 506, a card insertion / discharge device 504, a lending switch 503a, a return switch 503b, a seat leaving switch 503c, and a unit control board 500. It includes an I / F substrate 550. The card unit CU also includes a power supply board (not shown) and an auxiliary power supply (not shown).

The unit information display device 505 displays the player's cash balance (frequency) based on the balance data and the number of medals possessed data stored in the storage means 502a of the unit control board 500, the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player, and the like. It is a thing. The unit information display device 505 may be composed of, for example, a plurality of 7-segment LEDs, a liquid crystal display, or the like.

The cash insertion device 506 inserts cash such as banknotes in order to borrow a pseudo medal from the card unit CU, and detects the cash inserted by the player.

The card insertion / discharge device 504 stores the medal card in which the predetermined ID information is written from the insertion / discharge port 504a, and stores the medal card when the return switch 503b is operated. The medal card is ejected from the insertion / ejection port 504a. Further, when the leaving switch 503c is operated, the card insertion / ejection device 504 stores the ID information written in the accommodating medal card in the storage means 502a, and inserts / ejects the medal card 504a. It is discharged from. Further, in the card insertion / ejection device 504, when the medal card is inserted from the insertion / ejection port 504a after the medal card is ejected by operating the seat leaving switch 503c, the ID information and the storage means written on the medal card are stored. The ID information stored in the 502a is collated, and if they match, the ID information stored in the storage means 502a is erased, and the inserted medal card is received and stored. If they do not match, the inserted medal card is not accepted and is ejected from the insertion / ejection port 504a. Further, even if the medal card is ejected by operating the leaving switch 503c, the card insertion / ejection device 504 does not have any remaining pseudo medals on the medal card (including insertion of the pseudo medal). Even if a new medal card having ID information different from the ID information stored in the storage means 502a is inserted, the medal card is not ejected. Therefore, in this case, the game can be executed by using a new medal card.

As shown in FIG. 3, the unit control board 500 is equipped with a unit CPU 501 that controls the entire card unit CU. The unit CPU 501 has a memory 502, and also has a reception processing means 501a, a lending processing means 501b, and a first unit. 2 It functions as a counting processing means 501c, a returning processing means 501d, and a transmitting / receiving means 501e.

(1) Storage means 502a
The memory 502 includes a RAM unit that temporarily stores various data and a ROM unit that stores various programs and the like, and the storage means 502a is formed in the RAM unit (volatile memory). The storage means 502a holds balance data, medal number data, game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a received from the medal number control board 300, ID information written on the medal card, and the like.

(2) Reception processing means 501a
When the medal card is inserted into the insertion / ejection port 504a of the card insertion / ejection device 504, the reception processing means 501a stores the balance data and the number of medals held data stored in the storage means 502a in the medal card. It is rewritten to the balance data increased by the amount of money (the amount of money may be "0") or the number of medals held increased by the number of pseudo medals (the number of medals may be "0") and stored in the medal card. The amount of money or the number of pseudo medals is set to "0". Further, when cash is inserted into the cash insertion device 506, the reception processing means 501a rewrites the balance data stored in the storage means 502a to the balance data increased by the amount of the input amount.

(3) Lending processing means 501b
When the lending switch 503a is operated, a signal based on the number data for a predetermined number of lending sheets is transmitted to the slot machine SM by the transmission / reception means 501e. Based on the transmission of this signal, the lending processing means 501b subtracts the balance data or the number of medals stored in the storage means 502a by the amount corresponding to the predetermined number of loans, and the balance data or the predetermined number of loans. It is rewritten to the subtracted number of medals data. The lending processing means 501b updates the stored contents of the storage means 502a when a signal based on the number data for the predetermined number of sheets is transmitted to the slot machine SM, for example, the number of sheets for the predetermined number of loans. When a signal based on the data is transmitted to the slot machine SM and a response signal to the signal is received from the slot machine SM, the stored contents of the storage means 502a may be updated.

In the present embodiment, in the lending of pseudo medals based on the lending number of sheets data stored in the storage means 502a, the pseudo medals for the predetermined number of lending sheets are lent out for each operation of the lending switch 503a. For example, when the lending switch 503a is operated, all the pseudo medals stored in the storage means 502a may be lent at once.

(4) Second counting processing means 501c
The second counting processing means 501c cooperates with the first counting processing means 301b2 of the medal number control CPU 301 to store a part or all of the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a in the storage means 502a of the card unit CU. The counting process is performed.

Specifically, when the counting switch 31 of the slot machine SM is operated, a signal based on the number of sheets data for a predetermined count is transmitted from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU via the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e. When this signal is received by the transmission / reception means 501e, the second counting processing means 501c rewrites the number of medals held data stored in the storage means 502a into the number of medals held data obtained by adding a predetermined number of counts. In this embodiment, when the counting switch 31 is normally pressed for less than a predetermined time, the number data of one pseudo medal is transmitted to the card unit CU side. On the other hand, when the counting switch 31 is pressed for a long time of a predetermined time or longer, the number data of 50 pseudo medals is transmitted to the card unit CU side at a predetermined interval (for example, 300 ms).

(5) Return processing means 501d
When the return switch 503b is operated, the return processing means 501d stores the balance data and the number of medals held in the storage means 502a in the medal card housed in the card insertion / discharge device 504. , The medal card is returned to the player.

Specifically, information on the number of game medals transmitted from the medal number control board 300 (the number of pseudo medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a), and the main control board 100 and the number of medals control. When the return switch 503b is operated in a state where the information regarding the number of pseudo medals that have been inserted with and from the substrate 300 both indicate "0", the return processing means 501d is stored in the storage means 502a. The balance data and the number of medals held data are stored in the medal card housed in the card insertion / ejection device 504, and the medal card is ejected from the insertion / ejection port 504a of the card insertion / ejection device 504 and stored in the storage means 502a. The balance data and the number of medals held are rewritten into the balance data indicating the balance "0" and the number of medals held data indicating the number of medals "0". If the return switch 503b is operated when both the information on the number of pseudo medals that have been inserted and the information on the number of game medals transmitted from the medal number control board 300 are not "0", the liquid crystal display is displayed. Notifications prompting counting (counting switch 31) and settlement (settlement switch 33) are performed by the display 14, speakers 15, 16, and the like.

The transmitting / receiving means 501e receives data on the number of game medals (the number of pseudo medals indicated by the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a) in a predetermined cycle (for example, 300 ms).

(6) Transmission / reception means 501e
The transmission / reception means 501e receives signals based on various information from the medal number control board 300, and transmits signals based on various information to the medal number control board 300. The information received from the medal number control board 300 includes the number of returned pseudo medals (number of count data), the number of usable medals (the number of pseudo medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a), and the number of medals that can be used. Various ratios displayed on the role ratio monitor 47, such as the total number of pseudo medals inserted, the total number of payouts, and the accessory ratio, error-related information, and the like. Further, the information to be transmitted to the medal number control board 300 includes information on the number of rented pseudo medals. The game medal number data (game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a) indicating the number of game medals received from the transmission / reception means 501e is stored in the storage means 502a, whereby the card unit CU and the medal number control board are stored. It will be stored in both of the 300, and it will be possible to deal with fraudulent activities by using both.

Various game information is transmitted from the card unit CU to the hall computer. The various game information includes, for example, the open state of the front panel 2, the information on the number of pseudo medals inserted, the information on the number of pseudo medals paid out, the error occurrence information, the information that the setting is being changed, and the setting confirmation state. Information, information that the bonus state is in progress, information that the winning / replaying role / bonus role has been won, information that each rotating reel 6L, 6M, 6R has stopped, and the like.

(Slot machine)
Subsequently, the outline of the configuration of the slot machine SM will be described with reference to FIGS. 1, 4, and 5.

In the slot machine SM of the present embodiment, a pseudo medal is inserted in order to satisfy a predetermined condition for starting the game by operating the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8. Further, when the start switch 9 is operated by the player on the condition that the number of bets for the predetermined number of medals is set by inserting the pseudo medals and the predetermined condition is satisfied, a plurality of symbols are arranged in each. The rotary reels 6L, 6M, 6R start rotating. Further, the rotary reels 6L, 6M, 6R are stopped by the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R. If the stop symbol display result at this time is a predetermined winning mode, one game is completed by paying out a predetermined number of pseudo medals to be paid out. Here, the insertion of pseudo medals means rewriting the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300 to the game medal number data in which the number of medals corresponding to the bet number of the game is reduced. Say that. Further, the payout of pseudo medals means that when a prize is won in the game, the number of medals set according to the winning combination is added to the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300. Rewriting to the game medal number data.

Even when the pseudo medals are inserted and the game medal number data is reduced, the set bet number can be changed until the start switch 9 is operated, and the set bet number can be changed accordingly. The number of bets is updated as appropriate, and when the start switch 9 is operated, the amount set as the number of bets is used for the game. For example, when setting the bet number in the game state in which "3" or "1" is set as the specified number, "3" is set as the bet number by operating the maximum bet switch 8 and the game medal is set. "3" is subtracted from the numerical data. After that, when the bet number is changed to "1", "1" is set as the bet number by operating the bet switch 7, and "2" is returned (added) to the game medal number data. It becomes.

The slot machine SM is configured, for example, as shown in FIG. That is, in this slot machine SM, the front surface of the box-shaped housing KY whose front surface is open is closed by the front panel 2 so as to be openable and closable, and the operation plate 3 is arranged at a position substantially at the center height of the front panel 2. At the same time, the front plate 4 is arranged above the operation plate 3. The front plate 4 is provided with a horizontally long rectangular display window 5. Further, inside the display window 5, left / middle / right rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R (corresponding to the "design display means" of the present invention) that variably display a plurality of types of symbols in a predetermined order are arranged. Has been done.

A predetermined number of symbols are provided in a predetermined arrangement on the peripheral surfaces of each of the left, middle, and right rotation reels 6L, 6M, and 6R. Further, the plurality of symbols provided on the peripheral surfaces of the left, middle, and right rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R include a plurality of different types of symbols. Each of the rotary reels 6L, 6M, and 6R is formed by sticking a reel tape on which a plurality of types of symbols are printed on the peripheral surface of the rotary reel. Further, when each of the rotary reels 6L, 6M, 6R rotates, a plurality of types of symbols provided on the peripheral surfaces of the respective rotary reels 6L, 6M, 6R are variably displayed on the display window 5 in a predetermined order. When the rotation of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R is stopped, a total of three symbols, one for each of the upper, middle, and lower stages of the display window 5, are displayed for each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R. It is set to be displayed. That is, when all the rotary reels 6L, 6M, and 6R are stopped, a total of nine symbols arranged in three columns and three rows are stopped and displayed on the display window 5.

Further, the left, middle, and right reel motors 27L, 27M, respectively, which are composed of stepping motors, are attached to the rotary reels 6L, 6M, and 6R so that the rotary reels 6L, 6M, and 6R can be rotationally driven independently. 27R (see FIG. 4) are connected. Further, a support frame body for supporting each rotary reel 6L, 6M, 6R is provided so as to be fixed to the rear wall in the housing KY, and each rotary reel 6L, 6M, 6R is supported by the support frame body and housing. It is arranged in the body KY.

Further, the operation plate 3 has a bet switch 7, a maximum bet switch 8, a lever-shaped start switch (corresponding to the "game start operation means" of the present invention) 9, and a left / middle / right stop switch (the "stop" of the present invention. (Corresponding to "operating means") 10L, 10M, 10R, a counting switch 31, and a settlement switch 33 are provided. The bet switch 7 is for the player to perform an operation of instructing the player to insert one pseudo medal from the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300, which will be described later. The maximum bet switch 8 is the maximum number of inserted medals per game (game) from the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300 by the player (specified number: set to 3). This is for performing an operation instructing the insertion of a pseudo medal. The bet switch 7 and the maximum bet switch 8 are set to be activated when the number of medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300 is one or more. Has been done. Further, when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the number of game medals indicated by the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300 is less than the specified number (for example, 3). , The player may be notified to rent out pseudo medals, or the player may be able to play with a predetermined number less than the specified number (for example, 3). Further, in such a case, the operation of the maximum bet switch 8 may not be accepted in the first place.

The counting switch 31 functions as an instruction button when transmitting the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a to the card unit CU side. In this embodiment, a normal press gives an instruction to transmit data for one sheet, and a long press gives an instruction to send data for 50 sheets on a regular basis. In the case of a long press, 50 sheets of data are transmitted to the card unit CU at predetermined time intervals while the press is pressed. If the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a is less than 50 and a transmission instruction (a transmission instruction based on a long press) is issued, all the remaining number data is the card unit. It is sent to the CU.
The settlement switch 33 is for resetting the bet number to 0 when the bet number of the pseudo medal is set.

The start switch 9 is for the player to rotate each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R to start the variable display of each symbol. The left / middle / right stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are for the player to stop the rotation of the left / middle / right rotation reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, respectively, and stop the variable display of each symbol. Is. The start switch 9 is rewritten (inserting a predetermined number of pseudo medals) into the game medal number data obtained by subtracting a predetermined number from the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a of the medal number control board 300. It is set to be activated after it has been done. Further, in the left / middle / right stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R, the rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R, which have started to rotate by the operation of the start switch 9, have come to rotate at a constant speed after a predetermined acceleration period has elapsed. It is set to be activated later.

In the present embodiment, the number of bets (predetermined number) required for one game (one game) is set to three types: one, two, and three. Further, a variable display row for variably displaying a plurality of types of symbols is formed by each of the rotary reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, and each of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R is attached to each of the rotary reels 6L, 6M, and 6R. Correspondingly provided.

Further, in the substantially center above the front plate 4, a moving image or the like is displayed to notify the player of winning or winning, or an effect of notifying the operation mode of each of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R is performed. A liquid crystal display 14 for this purpose is provided.

Further, on the left and right above the front plate 4, upper speakers 15 for producing an effect by music, voice, or the like are provided. Further, a lower panel 18 on which a decorative image or the like is displayed is provided below the operation plate 3, and lower speakers 16 for producing music, voice, or the like are provided on the left and right sides of the lower panel 18. There is.

Further, an upper ramp portion 21 is provided on the upper peripheral portion of the front panel 2, and lower ramp portions 22 are provided on the left and right sides of the lower panel 18 of the front panel 2. Each of the lamp units 21 and 22 is provided with a light emitting element such as a light emitting diode or an organic EL, and a light emitting means such as a general light bulb, and performs an effect such as notifying the player of winning or winning.

Further, at the lower right of the display window 5, a game medal number display 26 for displaying the number of pseudo medals owned by the player is arranged. The game medal number display 26 is composed of, for example, five 7-segment LEDs, and can display the number of possessed 5-digit pseudo medals.

Further, next to the game medal number display 26, a bet lamp unit 30 for indicating the number of inserted medals is arranged, and the bet lamp unit 30 is composed of three bet lamps.

Further, at the lower left of the display window 5, a payout display 46 for displaying the number of pseudo medals to be paid out is arranged. The payout display 46 is composed of, for example, two 7-segment LEDs, and can display the number of payouts of a two-digit pseudo medal.

(Outline of electrical configuration of slot machine)
The outline of the electrical configuration of the slot machine SM will be described with reference to FIG. 4 with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the slot machine.

The left / middle / right position sensors 55L, 55M, 55R are for detecting the rotation positions of the left / middle / right rotary reels 6L, 6M, 6R, respectively. For example, the left / middle / right rotary reels 6L, 6M, It consists of a photo interrupter that detects protrusions provided on each of the 6Rs. When the left, middle, and right rotation reels 6L, 6M, and 6R rotate, the protrusions are detected every turn and the detection signal is sent to the main control board 100. Output. In this slot machine SM, for example, when the left / middle / right position sensors 55L, 55M, 55R detect the protrusions, the frames of the symbols 0 to 20 set for each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R are Of the numbers, the symbol of frame number 20 is configured to be located in the middle of the display window 5.

The setting key switch 56 is provided on the main control board 100, and is switched on and off by inserting the setting change key into the key cylinder arranged in the setting change key cylinder accommodating portion K100 and rotating the setting key switch 56. The reset switch 52 is provided on the operation switch board 600, and is temporarily set to a higher set value each time the reset switch 52 is pressed while the setting is being changed. The reset switch 52 is also used as a switch for canceling an error when an error occurs.

Further, in this slot machine SM, the main control board 100 on which the main control CPU 101 (corresponding to the "main control device" of the present invention) that controls the progress of the game is mounted, and the information transmitted from the main control board 100 Based on this, the sub-control board 200 on which the sub-control CPU 201 that controls the effect according to the progress of the game is mounted, and the medal number control CPU 301 that controls the management of the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player (the "first invention" A medal number control board 300 on which (corresponding to a game value control device) is mounted, an operation switch board 600 into which a signal from an operation means (for example, a start switch 9) necessary for the progress of the game is input, and a payout. As shown in FIG. 2, a display board 700 provided with the display 46 and the game medal number display 26 and an I / F board 90 for communicating with an external device are separately provided. Here, various game information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 200 in one direction. Further, various kinds of information are bidirectionally transmitted between the main control board 100 and the medal number control board 300. Further, predetermined information is transmitted from the medal number control board 300 to the sub control board 200 in one direction. The predetermined information referred to here is, for example, information regarding the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a, information for notifying the fact when the counting switch 31 is pressed, and the like. Therefore, in the sub-control board 200, the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player is displayed on the liquid crystal display 14 based on the information (predetermined information) directly received from the medal number control board 300, and the counting switch 31 is used. Controls such as sounding a press notification sound from the speakers 15 and 16 when pressed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 61, which will be described later, the main control board 100 and the medal number control board 300 are BtoB (Border to Bold) connected. Further, the display board 700 and the operation switch board 600, the operation switch board 600 and the medal number control board 300, and the main control board 100 and the sub control board 200 are all connected via a harness.

The signals from the start switch 9, the bet switch 7, the maximum bet switch 8, the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R, and the signals from the settlement switch 33 and the reset switch 52, which are the operation means necessary for the progress of the game, are first input to the operation switch board. It is input to 600 and is input to the medal number control board 300 via the harness. Then, it is input to the main control board 100 via the wiring in the medal number control board 300 and the connector connection (BtоB connection). The signal from the counting switch 31 is input to the operation switch board 600, is input to the medal number control board 300 via the harness, and is further input to the medal number control CPU 301.
The signals from the start switch 9 and the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R may be directly input to the main control board 100 without going through the medal number control board 300. Further, signals from the operating means (start switch 9, bet switch 7, maximum bet switch 8, stop switch 10L, 10M, 10R), settlement switch 33, reset switch 52, and counting switch 31 are transmitted to the main control board via the harness. It may be input to 100 and input to the medal number control board 300 via the wiring in the main control board 100 and the connector-connector connection (Board to Board connection).

The control signal (including display data) used for displaying the payout display 46 is transmitted from the main control board 100. At this time, the transmission path is as follows: main control board 100 → medal number control board 300 → operation switch board 600 → display board 700. The control signal (including display data) used for displaying the game medal number display 26 is transmitted from the medal number control board 300. At this time, the transmission path is the number of medals control board 300 → the operation switch board 600 → the display board 700.

The combination ratio monitor 47 displays various ratios and is provided on the main control board 100. In this embodiment, the combination monitor 47 is composed of four 7-segment LEDs. Various ratios include a bonus ratio, a continuous bonus ratio, and an advantageous section ratio. The bonus ratio is the ratio of the total number of bonuses (for example, big bonus (BB), chance bonus (CB), single bonus (SB), etc.) to the total number of pseudo medals paid out. The continuous bonus ratio is the ratio of the total number of continuous bonuses (for example, big bonus (BB)) to the total number of pseudo medals paid out. The advantageous section ratio is the advantageous section with respect to the total number of games when there is an advantageous section in which notification of the advantageous push order is allowed when a combination (AT combination) in which the number of pseudo medals paid out differs depending on the push order is won. It is the ratio to occupy. The combination monitor 47 may be provided on the medal number control board 300. Further, information that can specify various ratios may be transmitted to the card unit CU side without providing the combination ratio monitor 47.

The setting display 48 displays the set value set by the set value setting means 101b described later, and is provided on the main control board 100. In this embodiment, the setting display 48 is composed of one 7-segment LED.

The memory 102 of the main control board 100 includes a RAM unit that temporarily stores various data and a ROM unit that stores data, programs, and the like necessary for the progress of the game. The RAM unit of the main control board 100 stores, for example, various flags, combination lottery results, and the like. Further, the ROM section of the main control board 100 stores preset data (such as the lottery table 102a in FIG. 5) and a game machine program (slot machine SM program).

Further, the main control CPU 101 of the main control board 100 has an interrupt function such as a timer interrupt, and executes a game machine program stored in the ROM unit to perform processing related to the progress of the game. Further, the main control CPU 101 includes information on the winning combination lottery result by the lottery means 101e (see FIG. 5), information on the operation of the operating equipment operated by the player such as the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R, and the start switch 9. Various game information is transmitted to the sub control board 200 (sub control CPU 201) in the form of a command.

Further, the memory 202 of the sub-control board 200 includes a RAM unit that temporarily stores various data and a ROM unit that stores various programs for production. Further, the sub-control CPU 201 of the sub-control board 200 has an interrupt function such as a timer interrupt, and the sub-control CPU 201 is stored in the memory 202 based on various game information related to the slot machine SM transmitted from the main control CPU 101. By executing the stored program, the content of the effect related to the game for the player is determined. Further, the sub-control CPU 201 of the sub-control board 200 is an effect device such as a liquid crystal display 14 and speakers 15 and 16 via the I / O port of the sub-control board 200 based on the determined content of the effect. Take control.

Further, the memory 302 of the medal number control board 300 includes a RAM unit that temporarily stores various data and a ROM unit that stores various programs and the like. Further, the medal number control CPU 301 of the medal number control board 300 has an interrupt function such as a timer interrupt, and the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player is formed in the RAM unit (volatile memory) of the memory 302. It is managed by using the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a, or the number of pseudo medals corresponding to the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a is displayed on the game medal number display 26. Perform various controls such as.

The main control board 100, the sub control board 200, the medal number control board 300, and the I / F board 90 are each sealed in a separate board case having a caulking mechanism so as not to be easily accessible from the outside. As a connection method of each board to prevent fraudulent activity, a method of directly connecting boards (BtoB connection) by a connector mounted on each board, physical access, and a wire cover that suppresses the influence of electromagnetic noise are used. A method of connecting using a covered signal line, a method of routing the signal line from a place that is difficult for the player to see, a method of encrypting a communication signal between boards, and ID information provided on each board at regular intervals or errors. There is a method of communicating when it occurs. When connecting both boards with connectors mounted on each board, it is difficult to access by connecting them side by side and covering them as a board unit including the connection points, instead of the laminated connection that reduces the visibility of the boards. It is good to set it to. Further, the main control board 100 and the medal number control board 300 may not be housed in individual board cases, but may be housed together in one board case and sealed.

(Main control board)
The function of the main control board 100 will be described with reference to FIG.

(1) Game control means 101a
The game control means 101a is for controlling a game executed in the medalless slot machine SM.

In this slot machine SM game, when the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 is operated and there is an instruction to insert a pseudo medal, a signal based on information that can identify that fact is controlled by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n. It is transmitted to the substrate 300. In the medal number control board 300 that has received this signal, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a is rewritten into the game medal number data subtracted by the number of inserted pseudo medals. At this time, a signal based on the information that can identify the rewriting is transmitted from the medal number control board 300 to the main control board 100, and the bet number is set by receiving this signal by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n. .. Further, the number of bets can be changed until the start switch 9 is operated, and the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a is also updated accordingly. Then, when the start switch 9 is operated after the predetermined number of bets is set, first, a random number lottery by the lottery means 101e for determining whether or not to win is performed, and almost at the same time, all three rotating reels 6L, The rotation of 6M and 6R starts.

After that, when one of the three stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R is operated, the operated stop switch 10L, 10M, 10R of the left / middle / right rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R is operated. The rotation of the rotating reel corresponding to is stopped. Then, when the operations for all three stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R are completed, the rotation of all three rotary reels 6L, 6M, 6R is stopped. At this time, when a predetermined symbol stops at a predetermined position, a prize is won, and the next game can be executed without paying out a predetermined number of pseudo medals and subtracting the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a. A predetermined benefit such as replay is given to the player.

(2) Set value setting means 101b
The setting value setting means 101b of FIG. 5 is set (settings 1 to 6) for adjusting the payout rate (total number of payouts ÷ total number of medals inserted × 100 [%]) based on a predetermined setting change operation. ) Is changed.

Here, an example of the setting change operation for changing the setting value will be described. For example, if the setting key switch 56 (setting key) is turned on and the power is turned on before the power of the slot machine SM is turned on, the setting change process is started. At this time, when the reset switch 52 is pressed once, it is temporarily set to a setting value one higher than the setting value set before the power is turned on (for example, the setting 3 is temporarily set to the setting 4). After that, each time the reset switch 52 is pressed, the set value is temporarily set one higher. However, if the reset switch 52 is pressed when the temporary setting value is 6, the set value returns to 1 and is temporarily set. Finally, the set value is fixed by the ON operation of the start switch 9, and the temporary set value at that time becomes the set value of the slot machine SM. When the setting is changed, the setting value setting means 101b rewrites the setting value stored in the setting value storage area 102c to the changed setting value.

(3) Table selection means 101c
The table selection means 101c of FIG. 5 has a type of game controlled by the game control means 101a (for example, a general game state, a bonus game state) and a set value set by the set value setting means 101b (set from setting 1). Based on 6), one lottery table is selected from a plurality of lottery tables 102a. For example, in a game in the general game state, the table selection means 101c selects the lottery table 102a (general game lottery table) as the lottery table according to the set value of the winning probability (settings 1 to 6).

(4) First input processing means 101d
When the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the first insertion processing means 101d cooperates with the second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301, which will be described later, to insert pseudo medals. The number of bets is set, and a predetermined condition for starting the game is satisfied. Further, when the settlement switch 33 is operated, the second insertion processing means 103 cooperates with the second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 to cancel the bet number once set.

When the bet switch 7 or the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the first insertion processing means 101d adds +1 to the value of the storage area of the provisional insertion number provided in the memory 102, and manages the insertion processing request signal in medals. It is transmitted to the medal number control board 300 by the transmission / reception means 101n. The medal number control board 300 that has received the insertion processing request signal performs a process of subtracting -1 from the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a, and then transmits a completion signal of the process to the main control board 100. This completes the loading process for one sheet. When the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the process is repeated three times. Then, the first input processing means 101d activates the operation of the start switch 9 when the provisional input number reaches a value (for example, three) required for one game as a result of the input process. The details of the charging process will be described later with reference to FIG. 24.

In this embodiment, even when the maximum bet switch 8 is instructed to insert, for example, three pseudo medals, one insertion process is performed between the first insertion processing means 101d and the second insertion processing means 301b3. Is done. The pseudo medal insertion process performed in collaboration with the first input processing means 101d and the second input processing means 301b3 will be described later.

Further, when the settlement switch 33 is operated, a signal based on the information identifiable to that effect is transmitted to the medal number control board 300 by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n. The medal number control board 300 that has received the signal based on the information rewrites the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a to the game medal number data obtained by adding the number of medals according to the number of bets, and can specify that fact. A signal based on the above information is transmitted to the main control board 100. Even if the settlement switch 33 is operated while the insertion processing of the three pseudo medals is completed, one each is inserted between the first insertion processing means 101d and the second insertion processing means 301b3. Settlement processing (return processing) is performed.

(5) Lottery means 101e
In the present embodiment, the lottery means 101e generates and extracts random numbers within a predetermined range (for example, 0 to 65535 in decimal numbers in the present embodiment) triggered by the operation of the start switch 9. Based on the random numbers and the lottery table 102a, a lottery is performed to win or lose any of a plurality of winning combinations including a small winning combination, a replaying combination, and a bonus winning combination.

In the lottery table 102a, it is predetermined whether or not each random number within a predetermined range generated by the lottery means 101e corresponds to any of the preset lottery results.

(6) Reel rotation control means 101f
The reel rotation control means 101f controls the stop of the rotary reels 6L, 6M, 6R based on the operation mode for the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R by the player and the lottery result of the lottery means 101e. Specifically, the reel rotation control means 101f uses the stop table 102b based on the operations for the left / middle / right stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R, respectively, and the left / middle / right reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, respectively. The symbols variably displayed by the left, middle, and right reels 6L, 6M, and 6R are stopped in a display mode corresponding to the winning combination lottery result of the lottery means 101e.

(7) Judgment means 101 g
The determination means 101g determines the display mode of the stop symbol when all the rotary reels 6L, 6M, 6R are stopped by operating the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R. In the present embodiment, the determination means 101g determines whether or not the display result of the symbol when each of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, 6R is stopped is in a predetermined winning mode. It should be noted that the display mode determined to be a prize is predetermined for each winning combination.

(8) First payout processing means 101h
The first payout processing means 101h cooperates with the second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301, which will be described later, when the determination result of the determination means 101g is any of the winning modes in which the pseudo medals are paid out. Then, a profit is given to the player by paying out a pseudo medal according to the winning combination. When the determination result of the determination means 101g is a display mode related to the payout of pseudo medals, the first payout processing means 101h displays the number of payouts according to the winning combination in the storage area of the remaining number of payouts provided in the memory 102. After the storage, the value of the remaining number of payouts is subtracted by -1, and then the payout processing request signal is transmitted to the medal number control board 300 by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n. The medal number control board 300 that has received the payout processing request signal performs a process of adding +1 to the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a, and then transmits a completion signal of the process to the main control board 100. Completes the payout process for one sheet. The payout process is repeated until the value of the remaining number of payouts becomes "0", and the payout process in the game is completed. The details of the payout process will be described later with reference to FIG. 28.

In this embodiment, even if the number of pseudo medals of the winning combination is two or more, the payout processing is performed one by one between the first payout processing means 101h and the second payout processing means 301b4. The pseudo medal payout processing performed in collaboration with the first payout processing means 101h and the second payout processing means 301b4 will be described later.

(9) Error detecting means 101i
The error detecting means 101i detects whether or not an abnormal state different from the normal state has occurred, that is, a so-called error has occurred. However, in this embodiment, even if the voltage VL is not supplied from the card unit CU, it is not detected as an error only for that reason.

(10) Payout indicator control means 101j
The payout indicator control means 101j controls the display of the payout indicator 46. Specifically, the payout display control means 101j controls the payout display 46 so that when a winning combination is won, the payout display 46 displays the number of pseudo medals set to the winning combination. .. Further, when the error detection means 101i detects the occurrence of an error, the payout display control means 101j displays the payout display so that a predetermined identification number is displayed for the detected error on the payout display 46. Control 46.

(11) Command creation means 101k
The command creating means 101k includes information on the winning combination lottery result of the lottery means 101e, information on the types of gaming states such as the general gaming state and the bonus gaming state, the rotation / stop states of the rotating reels 6L, 6M, and 6R, and the first payout process. It generates a command for transmitting various information such as a pseudo medal payout state by the means 101h to the sub-control board 200 (sub-control CPU 201). Then, the command generated by the command creating means 101k is transmitted to the sub-control board 200 by the command transmitting means 101m described later. In the sub control board 200, the effect to be executed is selected based on the command sent from the main control board 100. In other words, the command creating means 101k creates a command instructing the effect content to be executed on the sub-control board 200.

(12) Command transmitting means 101 m
The command transmitting means 101m one-way transmits a command including various information created by the command creating means 101k from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 200.

(13) Medal management transmission / reception means 101n
The medal management transmission / reception means 101n transmits signals based on various information to the medal number control board 300, and receives signals based on various information from the medal number control board 300. The information to be transmitted to the medal number control board 300 includes, for example, information on winning combinations, information on the operation of the bet switch 7 and the maximum bet switch 8, information on inserting pseudo medals (insertion processing request signal), and information on paying out pseudo medals. Information (payout processing request signal), game machine information including various ratios such as the ID number of the main control CPU 101 and the accessory ratio. The information received from the medal number control board 300 includes, for example, information regarding insertion of pseudo medals (insertion processing response signal) and information regarding payment of pseudo medals (payout processing response signal).
And so on. In this embodiment, the card unit CU lending switch 503a, the return switch 503b, the information regarding the operation of the leaving switch 503c, and the information regarding the error of the medal number control board 300 are obtained from the medal number control board 300 to the sub control board 200. However, these pieces of information may be first transmitted from the medal number control board 300 to the main control board 100, and then transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 200.

(14) Operation management means 101p
The operation management means 101p manages whether to enable or disable the operation of the operation means related to the progress of the game.

As will be described later, in this embodiment, a voltage (VL) is supplied from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM. If the power is not turned on to the card unit CU, mutual communication with the medal number control board 300 becomes impossible. In such a case, the operation management means 101p does not operate the operation means. By enabling it, the subsequent games cannot proceed.

Specifically, in a situation where the operation or the like management means 101p receives information that can identify that the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n, the operation means usually of the operation means. Disable the operation even if the operation is acceptable. On the other hand, in a situation where the medal management transmission / reception means 101n has not received information that can identify that the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU, when the operation means is operated, the operation is enabled. .. Therefore, when a situation occurs in which voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU, the subsequent insertion and withdrawal of pseudo medals are eliminated, and the insertion and withdrawal of pseudo medals transmitted from the medal number control board 300 to the card unit CU are eliminated. It is possible to reduce the discrepancy between the information regarding the card unit and the information grasped by the card unit CU side.

In this embodiment, a bet switch 7, a maximum bet switch 8, a start switch 9, each stop switch 10L, 10M, 10R, a counting switch 31, and a settlement switch 33 are set as target operating means.

Further, in the situation where the operation or the like management means 101p receives information that can identify that the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n, each of the game medal number display 26s The 7-segment power is controlled so as not to be supplied, and the number of game medals is not displayed when the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU. Even when the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU, the display of the payout display 46, the combination ratio monitor 47, and the like is maintained.

In this embodiment, the operation or the like management means 101p performs each operation based on the fact that the medal management transmission / reception means 101n receives information that can identify that the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU. The operation of the means is disabled, but even if the operation management means 101p does not manage the validity / non-validity of each operation means, each operation means is not supplied with the voltage VL from the card unit CU. You may form a circuit in which the operation of is disabled.

For example, as shown in FIG. 37, for each of the bet switch 7, the maximum bet switch 8, the counting switch 31, the start switch 9, and the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R, the voltage VL on the slot machine SM side and the card unit CU. A circuit (and circuit) that cannot be used unless both of the side voltages VL are supplied may be formed. Similarly, the game medal number display 26 also forms a circuit (and circuit) in which power is not supplied to each segment unless both the voltage VL on the slot machine SM side and the voltage VL on the card unit CU side are supplied. You may.

(Sub control board)
Next, the function of the sub-control board 200 will be described with reference to FIG.

(1) Command receiving means 201a
The command receiving means 201a receives commands including various information transmitted by the command transmitting means 101m of the main control board 100. When the command receiving means 201a receives the command transmitted from the main control board 100, the command receiving means 201a notifies each function provided in the sub control board 200 according to the type of the command.

(2) Production content determination means 201b
The effect content determining means 201b is for determining the content of the effect according to the command received by the command receiving means 201a. Specifically, the moving image to be displayed on the liquid crystal display 14 is determined from the effect patterns set in advance according to the progress of the game, the winning combination lottery result of the lottery means 101e, and the like, and the moving image is played from the speakers 15 and 16. Music and sound are determined, and the effects such as blinking the light sources of the upper lamp unit 21 and the lower lamp unit 22 all at once or individually are determined.

Then, the effect content determining means 201b transmits a signal including data related to the determined effect content to the liquid crystal display control means 201c and the voice control means 201d.

(3) Liquid crystal display control means 201c
The liquid crystal display control means 201c displays a moving image (image) on the liquid crystal display 14 based on the data included in the signal transmitted from the effect content determining means 201b, and displays the upper lamp unit 21, the lower lamp unit 22, and the like. It controls the light sources to blink all at once or individually. For example, the liquid crystal display control means 201c flashes the light sources such as the upper lamp portion 21 and the lower lamp portion 22 all at once or individually based on the data transmitted from the effect content determining means 201b.

(4) Voice control means 201d
The voice control means 201d controls such as playing music from the speakers 15 and 16 and outputting voice based on the data included in the signal transmitted from the effect content determining means 201b. For example, the voice control means 201d sounds a winning sound of a replaying combination from the speaker 15 or a medal insertion sound from the speaker 16 based on the data transmitted from the effect content determining means 201b.

(Medal number control board)
Next, the function of the medal number control board 300 will be described with reference to FIG.

(1) Storage means 302a
The storage means 302a is formed in the RAM unit (volatile memory) of the memory 302, and stores the usable number data of the pseudo medals possessed by the player.

(2) Flag storage means 302b
The flag storage means 302b is set to be turned on when the inter-main board transmission / reception means 301a receives information that can identify that the game has started by operating the start switch 9, and after the start switch 9 is operated, the flag storage means 302b is set to turn on. When the information indicating the number of inserted medals (“Game information” in “Hallcon / Fraud monitoring information”: see FIG. 13 (b-1)) is transmitted to the card unit CU, or the time estimated to be transmitted has elapsed. It stores the input completion flag, which is set to off when the data is turned off.

(3) Transmission / reception means 301a between main boards
The inter-main board transmission / reception means 301a is a signal transmitted from the main control board 100 based on various information such as an instruction to insert a pseudo medal, information on the number of pseudo medals to be paid out for a winning combination, and an ID of the main control CPU 101. In addition to receiving game machine information including various ratios such as numbers and accessory ratios, a response signal for an instruction to insert a pseudo medal from the main control board 100 and information on the number of payouts is transmitted to the main control board 100. .. When the main-board transmission / reception means 301a receives a signal based on information transmitted from the main control board 100 or a signal based on information transmitted from the card unit CU, the medal number control board 300 includes a medal number control board 300 according to the type of information. Notify each function. Regarding the inter-main board transmission / reception means 301a, the means for receiving the signal from the main control board 100 and the means for receiving the signal from the card unit CU may be separate means.

(4) Game medal number management means 301b
The game medal number management means 301b manages the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a, and includes the borrowing processing means 301b1, the first counting processing means 301b2, the second input processing means 301b3, and the second input processing means 301b3. A second payout processing means 301b4 is provided.

a) Borrowing processing means 301b1
The borrowing processing means 301b1 performs a borrowing processing of a pseudo medal with the card unit CU. Specifically, when the lending switch 503a of the card unit CU is operated, a signal based on the number of sheets data for a predetermined number of lending sheets is transmitted from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM, and this signal is a unit-to-unit transmission / reception means described later. Received by 301e. When this signal is received by the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e, the borrowing processing means 301b1 rewrites the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a into game medal number data increased by a predetermined number of loaned sheets. Further, when the borrowing processing means 301b1 rewrites the data for the number of game medals increased by a predetermined number of rented medals, the borrowing processing means 301b1 transmits a lending receipt result response signal to the card unit CU via the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e.

b) First counting processing means 301b2
The first counting processing means 301b2 cooperates with the second counting processing means 501c of the card unit CU to transfer a part or all of the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a to the card unit CU side. Is to do. Specifically, when the counting switch 31 of the slot machine SM is operated, a signal based on the number of sheets data for a predetermined count is transmitted from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU via the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e. When this signal is transmitted by the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e, the first counting processing means 301b2 rewrites the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a to the game medal number data obtained by subtracting a predetermined count.

In this embodiment, as the predetermined counting amount, in the case of normal pressing in which the pressing time of the counting switch 31 is less than the predetermined time, the number data of one pseudo medal and the pressing time of the counting switch 31 are long pressed for a predetermined time or more. In the case of, the number of pseudo medals is 50. In the case of long press, while the counting switch 31 is pressed, the number data of 50 pseudo medals is transmitted to the card unit CU at a predetermined interval (for example, 300 ms). Along with this, the first counting processing means 301b2 converts the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a at predetermined intervals (for example, 300 ms) into game medal number data obtained by subtracting 50 pseudo medals. rewrite.

c) Second input processing means 301b3
The second input processing means 301b3 cooperates with the first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 to insert a pseudo medal to set the number of bets and establish a predetermined condition for starting the game. It is a thing.

When the bet switch 7 is operated, a signal based on information identifiable to that effect is transmitted to the medal number control board 300 by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n. When the transmission / reception means 301a between the main boards receives a signal based on the information, the second input processing means 301b3 subtracts the number of game medals stored in the storage means 302a by the number of medals (1) according to the number of bets. The data is rewritten into the game medal number data, and a signal based on the information identifiable to that effect is transmitted to the main control board 100 via the inter-main board transmission / reception means 301a.

When the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, a signal based on information identifiable to that effect is transmitted to the medal number control board 300 by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n. When the inter-main board transmission / reception means 301a receives a signal based on the information, the second input processing means 301b3 stores the number of game medals data stored in the storage means 302a for the number of game medals (3) according to the number of bets. It is rewritten into the subtracted game medal number data, and a signal based on the information identifiable to that effect is transmitted to the main control board 100 via the inter-main board transmission / reception means 301a. However, in this embodiment, even when three pseudo medals are inserted, the first insertion processing means 101d and the second insertion processing means 301b3 are exchanged one by one. That is, by repeating the exchange between the first insertion processing means 101d and the second insertion processing means 301b3 three times when the bet switch 7 is operated, the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a can be stored in the number of bets. Rewrite with the game medal number data obtained by subtracting the number of medals (3) according to the number of medals. The flow of input processing will be described later.

d) Second payout processing means 301b4
The second payout processing means 301b4 cooperates with the first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 when the determination result of the determination means 101g is any of the winning modes in which the pseudo medals are paid out. By paying out pseudo medals according to the winning combination, the player is given a profit.

When the determination result of the determination means 101g is the display mode related to the payout of the pseudo medal (the winning mode of the winning combination with the payout of the small winning combination, etc.), the pseudo medal to be paid out to the player by the first payout processing means 101h. A signal based on the number data for the number of payouts is transmitted to the medal number control board 300 by the medal management transmission / reception means 101n. When the transmission / reception means 301a between the main boards receives the signal based on the information, the second payout processing means 301b4 rewrites the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a to the game medal number data increased by the number of payouts. , A signal based on the information identifiable to that effect is transmitted to the main control board 100. However, in this embodiment, even if the number of pseudo medals of the winning combination is two or more, the payout processing is performed one by one between the first payout processing means 101h and the second payout processing means 301b4. .. On the other hand, the second payout processing means 301b4 does not rewrite the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a even if the re-game combination is won. The flow of the pseudo medal payout processing performed by the first payout processing means 101h and the second payout processing means 301b4 will be described later.

(5) Game medal number display control means 301c
The game medal number display control means 301c is such that the number of pseudo medals indicated by the game medal number data is displayed on the game medal number display 26 based on the game medal number data stored in the storage means 302a. , Controls the game medal number display 26.

(7) Transmission / reception means between units 301e
The inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e is based on information on the number of inserted and paid out pseudo medals, information on errors occurring in the slot machine SM, information on various ratios displayed on the combination monitor 47, and operation of the counting switch 31. Various information such as information that can identify the number of sheets data for the count and information unique to the slot machine SM is transmitted to the card unit CU, and the number of loaned sheets transmitted from the card unit CU based on the operation of the lending switch 503a. It receives information that can identify the number of sheets data.

(8) VL supply determination means 301f
In the slot machine SM, the voltage VL is supplied from the card unit CU via the connector. If the power is not turned on to the card unit CU, or if the slot machine SM and the card unit CU are not normally connected, the voltage VL supplied from the card unit CU is cut off. The VL supply determining means 301f determines whether or not the voltage VL is supplied from the card unit CU by detecting the voltage of the wiring line to which the voltage VL is supplied from the card unit CU on the medal number control board 300. Is.

(9) Transmission item control means 301 g
Information transmitted to the card unit CU by the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e includes game machine information, counting information, and information regarding a loan receipt result response. The transmission item control means 301g controls the transmission content or the transmission item in these information, and each information and its transmission will be described later.

The communication between the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU is carried out by serial communication, and the communication between the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM and the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is parallel. It is carried out by communication. The communication between the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU is not limited to serial communication, and is also between the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM and the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM. Communication is not limited to parallel communication.

Hereinafter, the telegram used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 16.

(Telegram format and its items)
First, the format of the telegram used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU and each item of the telegram format will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 (a) and 7 (b).

As shown in FIG. 7A, the telegram used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU has five items, "telegram length", "command", "serial number", "data unit", and "checksum". The data format of each item is HEX (hexadecimal) as shown in FIG. 7 (b).

As shown in FIG. 7B, the item "telegram length" stores the length of the telegram from the items "telegram length" to "checksum".

As shown in FIG. 7B, the item "command" is assigned to the telegram (telegram "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", "lending receipt result response" in FIG. 8). Store the command code.

As shown in FIG. 7 (b), the item "serial number" is given to the telegram (the telegram "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", "lending receipt result response" in FIG. 8). In this embodiment, the values of "0x00" to "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation) are stored.

The item "data unit" stores telegram data as shown in FIG. 7 (b).

As shown in FIG. 7B, the item "checksum" adds the data from the items "telegram length" to "data unit" and stores the lower 1 byte of the total. The data of the item "checksum" is used to confirm whether the telegram is broken due to an error or the like during communication by the device receiving the telegram.

(Type of telegram)
Subsequently, the types of telegrams used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be described with reference to FIG.

There are four types of telegrams used for communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU: telegrams "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response".

The telegram "game machine information notification" is used for notification of "game machine information" from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU, and a dedicated command code to be stored in the item "command" is assigned. The message "counting notification" is used for notifying "counting information (counting medals)" from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU, and a dedicated command code to be stored in the item "command" is assigned. The telegram "rental notification" is used for notification of "rental information (number of medals to be lent)" from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM, and a dedicated command code to be stored in the item "command" is assigned. The telegram "Lending receipt result response" is a response from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU in response to the telegram "Lending notification", and a dedicated command code to be stored in the item "command" is assigned. In this embodiment, it is assumed that the only telegram that is allowed to be transmitted from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM is the telegram "rental notification".

Hereinafter, each telegram "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" will be described in order.

(Telegram "Game machine information notification")
First, the details of the telegram "game machine information notification" will be described with reference to FIGS. 9 to 13.

As shown in FIG. 9, the telegram "game machine information notification" includes the items "telegram length", "command", "serial number", "game machine type", "game machine information type", "game machine information", and "game machine information". Includes "checksum". However, the item "telegram length" corresponds to the item "telegram length" in FIG. 7, the item "command" corresponds to the item "command" in FIG. 7, and the item "serial number" corresponds to the item "serial number" in FIG. However, the items "game machine type", "game machine information type", and "game machine information" correspond to the item "data section" in FIG. 7, and the item "checksum" corresponds to the item "checksum" in FIG. To do.

The item "telegram length" stores the length of the telegram from the items "telegram length" to "checksum".

The item "command" stores a dedicated command code for the telegram "game machine information notification".

The item "serial number" stores a sequence number, and in this embodiment, stores the values of "0x00" to "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation). Specifically, when the power is turned on, a telegram "game machine information notification" containing "0x00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation) is transmitted in the item "serial number". After that, every time the telegram "game machine information notification" is transmitted, the telegram "game machine information notification" in which the value of "+1" (decimal notation) is stored in the item "serial number" is transmitted. However, in the item "serial number", "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "255" in decimal notation) followed by "+2" (decimal notation) "0x01" (hexadecimal notation: decimal notation) Then, "1") is stored.

The item "Game machine type" is a game machine type code indicating the type of the game machine assigned to each of the pachinko game machine, the spinning type game machine such as the slot machine SM, the arrange ball game machine, the Jiyan ball game machine, and the like. To store.

The item "game machine information type" stores a game machine information type code indicating the type of game machine information. In this embodiment, three types of "game machine information" are prepared, which will be described later, "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information", and the game machine information type code. As a result, "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) is assigned to "game machine performance information", and "0x01" (hexadecimal notation) is assigned to "game machine installation information". "Information" is assigned "0x02" (hexadecimal notation).

When "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) is stored in the item "game machine information type", the item "game machine information" includes the total number of inputs, the total number of payouts, and MY (for a certain period (for example, after the power is turned on). ), Etc., "game machine performance information" such as the maximum difference number of pseudo medals) is stored. When "0x01" (hexadecimal notation) is stored in the item "game machine information type", the item "game machine information" is the maker code, product code, and chip ID of the main control / medal number control. Stores the number "game machine installation information". When "0x02" (hexadecimal notation) is stored in the item "game machine information type", the item "game machine information" is IN, OUT, BB, RB, AT, door open signal, security. Stores "door control / fraud monitoring information" such as signals.

The item "checksum" adds the data from the items "telegram length" to "game machine information" and stores the lower 1 byte of the total. The data of the item "checksum" is used to confirm whether the telegram is broken due to an error or the like during communication by the device receiving the telegram.

Hereinafter, the "game machine performance information", the "game machine installation information", and the "hall computer / fraud monitoring information" stored in the item "game machine information" will be described in order.

(Game machine performance information)
First, "game machine performance information" will be described with reference to FIG. The "game machine performance information" includes information to be displayed on the role ratio monitor 47 and information related thereto, and is information transmitted from the card unit CU to the management computer and transmitted from the management computer to the center. The "game machine performance information" is used for confirming whether or not the slot machine SM has a performance higher than the performance that passes the examination, and whether or not the player has been cheated.

"Game machine performance information" includes the items "total number of inputs", "total number of payouts", "MY", "number of bonuses paid out", "number of continuous bonuses paid out", "role ratio", and "continuous bonuses". Includes "Ratio", "Advantageous section ratio", "Instructed bonus ratio", "Character status ratio", "Reserve", and "Reservation".

The item "total number of inputs" stores the cumulative number of inputs since the power was turned on, not including the re-game. In addition, the item "total number of payouts" stores the number of payouts accumulated from the power ON without including the re-game. Further, the item "MY" stores the maximum MY (the difference number of the maximum pseudo medals) calculated after the power is turned on. The description of other items will be omitted.

(Game machine installation information)
Next, "game machine installation information" will be described with reference to FIG. The "game machine installation information" includes information related to the main control chip (main control CPU 101) and the medal number control chip (medal number control CPU 301), is transmitted from the card unit CU to the management computer, and is transmitted from the management computer to the center. Information. The "game machine installation information" is used for confirming whether or not the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 included in the slot machine SM are legitimate.

"Game machine installation information" includes items "main control chip ID number", "main control chip maker code", "main control chip product code", "medal number control chip ID number", "medal number control chip maker code". , Includes "Medal Count Control Chip Product Code".

The items "main control chip ID number", "main control chip maker code", and "main control chip product code" store the ID number, maker code, and product code of the main control chip (main control CPU 101). The items "medal number control chip ID number", "medal number control chip maker code", and "medal number control chip product code" are the ID number, maker code, and product code of the medal number control chip (medal number control CPU301). To store. However, if the medal number control chip (medal number control CPU301) is not installed, the items "medal number control chip ID number", "medal number control chip maker code", and "medal number control chip product code" may be displayed. "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) is stored.

(Hallcon / fraud monitoring information)
Finally, "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" will be described with reference to FIG. The "hole control / fraud monitoring information" includes "game machine information (hole control / fraud monitoring information)" and "game information", and is information transmitted from the card unit CU to the hall computer.

"Game machine information (hall control / fraud monitoring information)" includes items "number of game medals", "number of inserted medals", "number of payout medals", "main control state 1", ..., "game machine error state". , "Game machine fraud 1 (main control)", ..., "Game machine fraud 2 (main control or medal number control)", ... The data of the items "number of inserted medals" and "number of paid medals" are not treated as signals for the hall computer, and the data of other items are treated as signals for the hall computer, but this is limited. It's not something.

The item "number of game medals" stores the current number of game medals displayed on the game medal number display 26, and in this embodiment, "0x000000" to "0xFF3F00" (hexadecimal notation: in decimal notation). Values from "0" to "16383") are stored. In the present embodiment, the game machine is designed so that the number of game medals can be managed in the range of "0x000000" to "0xFF3F00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "16383" in decimal notation).

Regarding the item "Number of inserted medals", the message "Game machine information notification" is transmitted at the transmission timing in a predetermined cycle, and the message "Game machine information notification" that stores continuous "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is sent. The number of pseudo medals inserted between the transmission timings to be transmitted is stored, and in this embodiment, the values are "0xFD" to "0x03" (hexadecimal notation: "-3" to "+3" in decimal notation). Is stored, and the upper 1 bit of the 8 bits is used as a sign (+/-) bit. The "number of inserted pseudo medals" here is the number of inserted pseudo medals when medals are inserted based on the pressing operation of the bet switch (bet switch 7 or maximum bet switch 8 in this embodiment). If there is a return of pseudo medals based on the pressing operation of the settlement switch (payment switch 33 in this embodiment), the number of the returned pseudo medals is added and the number is subtracted.

Regarding the item "Number of medals to be paid out", the telegram "Game machine information notification" is transmitted at the transmission timing in a predetermined cycle, and the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores continuous "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is sent. The number of pseudo medals paid out between the transmission timings to be transmitted is stored, and in this embodiment, "0x00" to "0x15" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "15" in decimal notation). Store the value. The "number of pseudo medals paid out" here is the number of pseudo medals paid out when the player wins the role of acquiring the pseudo medals, and is obtained by being added.

The description of other items will be omitted.

The "game information" includes the items "number of game information", "type information 1", "count information 1", "type information 2", and "count information 2". The data of the items "number of game information", "type information 1", "count information 1", "type information 2", and "count information 2" are treated as signals for the hall computer.

The item "number of game information" stores the number (n) of pairs of type information and count information, and in this embodiment, n = "0x00" to "0x02" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation. "2") are stored. When the item "number of game information" is "0", the items "type information 1", "count information 1", "type information 2", and "count information 2" are not included, and the item is "1". Includes items "type information 1" and "count information 1", and in the case of "2" includes items "type information 1", "count information 1", "type information 2", and "count information 2". ..

The item "type information 1" stores either input or withdrawal. The item "count information 1" is the number of pseudo medals inserted in the game when the item "type information 1" is input, and in the game when the item "type information 1" is paid out. Stores the number of pseudo medals paid out. The "number of pseudo medals inserted in the game" here is different from the "number of inserted medals" in FIG. 12, and the number of pseudo medals inserted when the start switch (in this embodiment, the start switch 9) is operated. (1 Number of pseudo medals used (consumed) for the game), which is set to the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the first "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" after the operation of the start switch 9 and transmitted. Will be done. The "number of pseudo medals inserted in the game" is "0x01" to "0x11" in this embodiment (hexadecimal notation: "1" to "3" in decimal notation). Further, the "number of pseudo medals paid out in the game" here is different from the "number of payout medals" in FIG. 12, and is different from the "number of payout medals" in FIG. It is set to the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the first "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" after the number of pseudo medals to be paid out is fixed, and is transmitted.

The item "type information 2" stores either input or withdrawal. The item "count information 2" is the number of pseudo medals inserted in the game when the item "type information 2" is input, and in the game when the item "type information 2" is paid out. Stores the number of pseudo medals paid out. The "number of pseudo medals inserted in the game" here is different from the "number of inserted medals" in FIG. 12, and the number of pseudo medals inserted when the start switch (in this embodiment, the start switch 9) is operated. (1 Number of pseudo medals used (consumed) for the game), which is set to the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the first "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" after the operation of the start switch 9 and transmitted. Will be done. The "number of pseudo medals inserted in the game" is "0x01" to "0x11" in this embodiment (hexadecimal notation: "1" to "3" in decimal notation). Further, the "number of pseudo medals paid out in the game" here is different from the "number of payout medals" in FIG. 12, and is different from the "number of payout medals" in FIG. It is set to the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the first "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" after the number of pseudo medals to be paid out is fixed, and is transmitted.

Here, the items “type information 1”, “count information 1”, “type information 2”, and “count information 2” of FIG. 12 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. Since the pair of "type information 1" and "count information 1" and the pair of "type information 2" and "count information 2" have the same contents, "type information" and "count information" I will explain them collectively as a pair with.

As shown in FIG. 13A, the 2-byte "game information" includes 1-byte "type information" and 1-byte "count information".

The 1-byte "type information" is information indicating whether the "game information" is related to the input in one game or the payout in one game, and as shown in FIG. 13 (b), " Including "data type" and "data number", Bits 4 to 7 (upper bits) are assigned to "data type", and Bits 0 to 3 (lower bits) are assigned to "data number".

As shown in FIG. 13 (b-1), Bits 4 to 7 assigned to the "data type" indicate that the "game information" is a notification related to the input (notification of the number of input of the game). In the case, "1 (0001)" is set ("number of inputs (IN)"), and when the "game information" indicates that the notification is related to the payout (notification of the number of payouts of the game). “2 (0010)” is set (“number of payouts (OUT)”).

As shown in FIG. 13 (b-2), the values of Bits 4 to 7 assigned to the "data type" are "1 (0001)" (number of inputs (IN)) in Bits 0 to 3 assigned to the "data number". In the case of), the values of Bits 0 to 3 are fixed to "1 (0001)", and "0 (0000)" and "2 (0010)" to "15 (1111)" are unused. Further, when the values of Bits 4 to 7 assigned to the "data type" are "2 (0010)" (number of payouts (OUT)), the values of Bits 0 to 3 are fixed to "1 (0001)" and become "1 (0001)". "0 (0000)" and "2 (0010)" to "15 (1111)" are unused.

It should be noted that the combination of the values "0 (0000)" of Bits 4 to 7 and the values "0 (0000)" to "15 (1111)" of Bits 0 to 3 and the values "3 (0011)" to "3 (0011)" of Bits 4 to 7 The combination of "15 (1111)" and the values "0 (0000)" to "15 (1111)" of Bits 0 to 3 becomes unused.

The 1-byte "count information" is the number of inputs of the game (the number of inputs when the start switch 9 is operated, which is the number of inputs of the start switch 9) when the "game information" is related to the input in one game. (Notification after operation) is stored, and when the "game information" is related to payout in one game, the number of payouts of the game (notification after the number of pseudo medals paid out is confirmed) is stored.

Specifically, when the "data type" is "1 (0001)" (number of inputs (IN)), as shown in FIG. 13 (c-1), in Bits 0 to 7 of "count information", Bit 4 to The value of 7 is fixed to "0 (0000)" (unused), and the value of Bits 0 to 3 is set to the number of input of the game ("1 (0001)" to "3 (0011)") (input). number). Here, the "number of input of the game" is the number of pseudo medals used (consumed) for one game. In this embodiment, the allowable number of medals to be set as the number of medals used for one game that can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines (defined by rules, etc.) is 1. ~ 3 sheets.

Further, when the "data type" is "2 (0010)" (the number of payouts (OUT)), as shown in FIG. 13 (c-2), the values of Bits 4 to 7 are set in Bits 0 to 7 of the "count information". Is fixed to "0 (0000)" (unused), and the values of Bits 0 to 3 are set to the number of payouts ("1 (0001)" to "15 (1111)") of the game (number of payouts). Here, the "number of payouts of the game" is the number of pseudo medals predetermined for the winning combination when the player wins the winning combination of the pseudo medals. In this embodiment, the number of medals to be paid out in one game that can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines (defined by rules, etc.) is 1 to 1. There are 15 cards.

In the [game information] described with reference to FIGS. 13 (a) to 13 (c-2), when the number of input of the game is 3, as shown in FIG. 13 (d-1), the “type information” The value of the "data type" (Bits 4 to 7) is set to "1 (0001)" indicating that the "game information" is a notification related to the input (notification of the number of input of the game), and the "type information" is set. The value of "data number" (Bits 0 to 3) of "" is set to "1 (0001)" (fixed), and the value of "unused" (Bits 4 to 7) of "count information" is "0 (0000)". It is set to (fixed), and the value of the "input number" of the "count information" is set to the input number "3 (0011)" of the game.

When the number of payouts of the game is 10, as shown in FIG. 13 (d-2), the value of the "data type" (Bits 4 to 7) of the "type information" is related to the payout of the "game information". It is set to "2 (0010)" indicating that it is a notification (notification of the number of payouts of the game), and the value of "data number" (Bit 0 to 3) of "type information" is "1 (0001)" (fixed). ), The value of "Unused" (Bits 4 to 7) of "Count information" is set to "0 (0000)" (fixed), and the value of "Payout number" of "Count information" is the value of the game. The number of payouts is set to "10 (1010)".

(Telegram "Counting Notification")
Next, the details of the telegram "counting notification" will be described with reference to FIG.

The message "counting notification" includes the items "message length", "command", "counting serial number", "counting medals", "counting cumulative medals", and "checksum". However, the item "message length" corresponds to the item "message length" in FIG. 7, the item "command" corresponds to the item "command" in FIG. 7, and the item "counting serial number" corresponds to the item "serial number" in FIG. Correspondingly, the items "counting medals" and "counting cumulative medals" correspond to the item "data section" of FIG. 7, and the item "checksum" corresponds to the item "checksum" of FIG.

The item "telegram length" stores the length of the telegram from the items "telegram length" to "checksum".

The item "command" stores a dedicated command code for the telegram "counting notification".

The item "counting serial number" stores a sequence number, and in this embodiment, stores values of "0x00" to "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation). Specifically, when the power is turned on, a telegram "counting notification" containing "0x00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation) is transmitted in the item "counting serial number". After that, every time the telegram "counting notification" is transmitted, the telegram "counting notification" containing the value of "+1" (decimal notation) in the item "counting serial number" is transmitted. However, in the item "counting serial number", "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "255" in decimal notation) is followed by "+2" (decimal notation) "0x01" (hexadecimal notation: decimal notation). In the notation, "1") is stored.

The item "number of counting medals" stores the number of medals to be counted (the number of medals moved from the slot machine SM to the card unit CU: described as "the number of counting medals"). In the present embodiment, values of "0x00" to "0x32" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "50" in decimal notation) are stored as the number of counting medals.

The item "counting cumulative number of medals" stores the cumulative value of the number of counting medals since the power was turned on (described as "counting cumulative number of medals"), including the number of counting medals by this message "counting notification", and counts. The cumulative number of medals is cleared to "0" when the power is turned off. In the present embodiment, values of "0x0000" to "0xFFFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "65535" in decimal notation) are stored as the cumulative number of medals counted. Specifically, when the power is turned on, "0x00 (hexadecimal notation: 0 in decimal notation)" is stored in the item "counting cumulative number of medals". After that, the value of the item "counting medals" of the telegram "counting notification" is added to the item "counting cumulative number of medals" for each transmission of the telegram "counting notification". However, the addition is performed so that "0xFFFF" (hexadecimal notation: "65535" in decimal notation) is followed by "0x0000" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation).

The item "checksum" adds the data from the items "telegram length" to "counting cumulative number of medals" and stores the lower 1 byte of the total. The data of the item "checksum" is used to confirm whether the telegram is broken due to an error or the like during communication by the device receiving the telegram.

(Telegram "Lending Notice")
Next, the details of the telegram "Notice of Lending" will be described with reference to FIG.

The telegram "notice of lending" includes the items "telegram chief", "command", "lending serial number", "number of medals to lend", and "checksum". However, the item "telegram length" corresponds to the item "telegram length" in FIG. 7, the item "command" corresponds to the item "command" in FIG. 7, and the item "rental serial number" corresponds to the item "serial number" in FIG. Correspondingly, the item "number of medals to be lent" corresponds to the item "data section" in FIG. 7, and the item "checksum" corresponds to the item "checksum" in FIG.

The item "telegram length" stores the length of the telegram from the items "telegram length" to "checksum".

The item "command" stores a dedicated command code for the telegram "rental notification".

The item "rental serial number" stores a sequence number, and in this embodiment, stores values of "0x00" to "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation). Specifically, when the card unit CU starts communication with the slot machine SM, a telegram "rental notification" containing "0x00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation) is sent in the item "rental serial number". Will be done. After that, the telegram "Lending Notification" that stores the value of the item "Lending Serial Number" of the item "Lending Serial Number" of the telegram "Lending Receipt Result Response" received most recently to the item "Lending Serial Number" is sent. .. However, in the item "Lending serial number", "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "255" in decimal notation) followed by "+2" (decimal notation) "0x01" (hexadecimal notation: decimal notation) In the notation, "1") is stored.

The item "number of rented medals" stores the number of medals to be rented (the number of medals moved from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM: described as "the number of rented medals"). In the present embodiment, values of "0x00" to "0x32" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "50" in decimal notation) are stored as the number of medals to be lent. However, if it is in an inappropriate state for lending, or if it is in a state that should be processed prior to lending, for example, (1) If the message "Game machine information notification" has not been received, (2) ) When a game machine information type code other than the game machine information type code "0x02" (Hallcon / fraud monitoring information) is stored in the item "Game machine information type" in the message "Game machine information notification", (3) ) In the message "Counting notification", if a value of 1 (decimal notation) or more is stored in the item "Number of counting medals", and if any of the above applies, the item "Number of rented medals" will be the lending medal. The number "0" is set. If any of the above (1) to (3) does not apply, the number of medals to be lent can be set to "1" or more in the item "Number of medals to be lent", and even in this case, the item "Lending" can be set. The number of rented medals "0" may be set in "Number of medals".

The item "checksum" adds the data from the items "telegram length" to "number of medals to be lent" and stores the lower 1 byte of the total. The data of the item "checksum" is used to confirm whether the telegram is broken due to an error or the like during communication by the device receiving the telegram.

(Telegram "Lending receipt result response")
Finally, the details of the telegram "Lending receipt result response" will be described with reference to FIG.

The telegram "lending receipt result response" includes the items "telegram chief", "command", "lending serial number", "lending medal number receipt result", and "checksum". However, the item "telegram length" corresponds to the item "telegram length" in FIG. 7, the item "command" corresponds to the item "command" in FIG. 7, and the item "rental serial number" corresponds to the item "serial number" in FIG. Correspondingly, the item "result of receiving the number of medals to be lent" corresponds to the item "data section" in FIG. 7, and the item "checksum" corresponds to the item "checksum" in FIG.

The item "telegram length" stores the length of the telegram from the items "telegram length" to "checksum".

The item "command" stores a dedicated command code for the telegram "lending receipt result response".

The item "rental serial number" stores a sequence number, and in this embodiment, stores values of "0x00" to "0xFF" (hexadecimal notation: "0" to "255" in decimal notation). Specifically, when the power is turned on, the value of the item "rental serial number" is cleared to "0x00" (hexadecimal notation: "0" in decimal notation). When "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) (normal) is stored in the item "Lending medal number receipt result" of the telegram "Lending receipt result response", the telegram "Lending receipt result response" is the item "Lending serial number". The value of is set to the value of the item "Lending serial number" of the most recently received telegram "Lending notification" and sent. On the other hand, when "0x01" (hexadecimal notation) (abnormal) is stored in the item "Lending medal number receipt result" of the telegram "Lending receipt result response", the telegram "Lending receipt result response" is the item "Lending". The item "Lending notification" corresponding to the telegram "Lending receipt result response" that stores "0x00 (hexadecimal notation)" (normal) in the item "Lending medal number receipt result" most recently. It will be sent with the value of "Lending serial number".

The item "Result of receipt of the number of rented medals" stores the result of receipt of the number of rented medals. In the present embodiment, the item "result of receiving the number of rented medals" stores "0x00" (hexadecimal notation) (normal) when the result of receiving the number of lent medals is normal, and when the result of receiving the number of lent medals is abnormal, " 0x01 "(hexadecimal notation) (abnormal) is stored. "0x01" (decimal notation) (abnormal) is stored in the item "Result of receipt of number of medals for lending" when (1) The value of the item "Lending serial number" in the message "Notice of lending" is not consecutive. (2) The slot machine SM cannot be lent out from the card unit CU, (3) The number of game medals (the number of medals of the current player managed by the slot machine SM: the number of game medals indicator 26 The result of adding the number of rented medals stored in the item "Number of rented medals" of the message "Notice of lending" to the displayed number of game medals) is "0xFF3F00" (decimal notation: "decimal notation" If it exceeds 16383 "), it is one of the cases, and it is the case of (1) to (3) that" 0x00 (decimal notation) "(normal) is stored in the item" result of receipt of number of medals loaned ". If neither is the case.

The item "checksum" adds the data from the items "telegram length" to "result of receiving the number of medals to be lent" and stores the lower 1 byte of the total. The data of the item "checksum" is used to confirm whether the telegram is broken due to an error or the like during communication by the device receiving the telegram.

(Communication sequence between slot machine SM and card unit CU)
Hereinafter, a communication sequence using the telegrams "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be described.

(Basic communication sequence)
First, a basic communication sequence using the telegrams "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU will be described with reference to FIG. .. In FIG. 17, communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e of the medal number control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission / reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501.

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "game machine information notification" ( "Serial number = n") is received (step S101). The medal count control CPU 301 sends the telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n") to the unit CPU 501 at a timing within a range of 90 ms or more and 100 ms or less (hereinafter referred to as "second transmission timing"). In response to this, the telegram "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m") is transmitted, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m") (step S102). After receiving the telegram "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m"), the unit CPU 501 sends the telegram "rental" to the medal number control CPU 301 at a timing of 170 ms or less (hereinafter referred to as "third transmission timing"). "Notification" ("Lending serial number = k") is transmitted, and the medal number control CPU 301 receives the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k") (step S103). The medal number control CPU 301 receives the telegram "rental notification" ("lending serial number = k"), and at a timing of 10 ms or less (hereinafter referred to as "fourth transmission timing"), the telegram "rental" is sent to the unit CPU 501. The reception result response ”(“ loan serial number = k ”) is transmitted, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram“ loan receipt result response ”(“ loan serial number = k ”) (step S104).

After transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n"), the slot machine SM medal number control CPU 301 sets the timing in the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less (hereinafter, referred to as "first transmission timing"). , The telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 1") is transmitted to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 1"). (Step S105). It takes 20 ms or more from the reception of the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = n") to the transmission of the telegram "Game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 1"). After transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n"), the medal number control CPU 301 sends the telegram "counting" to the unit CPU 501 at a timing (second transmission timing) in the range of 90 ms or more and 100 ms or less. "Notification" ("counting serial number = m + 1") is transmitted, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m + 1") (step S106). After receiving the telegram "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m + 1"), the unit CPU 501 sends a telegram "lending notification" ("lending serial number") to the medal number control CPU 301 at a timing of 170 ms or less (third transmission timing). = K + 1 ”) is transmitted, and the medal number control CPU 301 receives the telegram“ Lending notification ”(“ Lending serial number = k + 1 ”) (step S107). After receiving the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k + 1"), the medal number control CPU 301 sends a telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending receipt result response") to the unit CPU 501 at a timing of 10 ms or less (fourth transmission timing). Lending serial number = k + 1 ”) is transmitted, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram“ Lending receipt result response ”(“ Lending serial number = k + 1 ”) (step S108). Even after step S108, the telegrams "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" are transmitted at the timings within the corresponding periods described above.

As described above, in this embodiment, in a cycle in which the time length for one cycle is in the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less, the telegrams “game machine information notification”, “counting notification”, “rental notification”, “lending notification”, “ The loan receipt result response is transmitted at different timings, the first transmission timing of the message "game machine information notification" is set to the start of one cycle, and the second transmission timing of the message "counting notification" is the message "game machine information notification". The third transmission timing of the message "Lending Notification" is 170ms or less after receiving the message "Counting Notification", and the fourth transmission timing of the message "Lending Receipt Result Response" is the message. It is 10 ms or less after receiving the "rental notice".

Next, the basics using the telegrams "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU when the slot machine SM is started first. The communication sequence will be described with reference to FIG.

When both the slot machine SM and the card unit CU are powered off, the voltage V supplied from the card unit CU is OFF (0V). Further, it becomes impossible to determine ON / OFF of the connection confirmation signal (pin number: 4 in FIG. 6) transmitted from the slot machine SM (PSI = OFF in FIG. 18). Here, when the power supply of the slot machine SM and the power supply of the card unit CU are turned on at the same time, for example, the startup is started in each of them.

In the card unit CU, the voltage VL supplied to the slot machine SM is turned OFF (0V) until the startup is completed, and the connection confirmation signal is not determined to be ON / OFF (PSI = OFF in FIG. 18). If the activation of the slot machine SM is completed first, the slot machine SM sends a game machine information notification to the card unit CU. The serial number at this time starts from "0". Subsequently, a counting notification is transmitted at the above-mentioned communication timing (after 100 ms). At this time, it starts from the serial number "0". However, since the activation of the card unit CU side has not been completed, these notifications cannot be received.

After that, the slot machine SM transmits a game machine information notification and a counting notification in which serial numbers are added by +1 at a cycle of 300 ms. After that, when the activation of the card unit CU is completed, the voltage VL is turned ON (5V) to supply the voltage to the slot machine SM, and the ON / OFF determination of the connection confirmation signal with the slot machine SM is started, and the slot machine SM and the slot machine SM are started. Since the card unit CU is connected, the signal is determined to be ON. In addition, the reception of the game machine information notification and the counting notification is started, and the communication of the lending notification and the lending receipt result response is also started. At this time, the card unit CU manages from the serial number when the reception is started. For example, when the game machine information notification is the serial number n for the first time after the activation is completed, the management is started from here.

Next, the basics using the telegrams "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU when the card unit CU is started first. The communication sequence will be described with reference to FIG.

When the power of the card unit CU is turned on and the card unit CU is started first while the slot machine SM is turned off, the voltage V supplied from the card unit CU is OFF (0V) until the start is completed. Further, the connection confirmation signal (pin number: 4 in FIG. 6) transmitted from the slot machine SM is also turned off because the determination has not started. When the activation of the card unit CU is completed, the voltage VL supplied from the card unit CU turns ON (5V). Further, although the slot machine SM has not been started, if the connection between the card unit CU and the slot machine SM is normal, a connection confirmation signal (pin number: 4 in FIG. 6) is transmitted and an ON determination is made. Since the slot machine SM is still in the power-off state, neither the "game machine information notification" nor the "counting notification" is transmitted, and the slot machine SM is in the communication standby state. Next, even if the slot machine SM is turned on and the startup is started, the communication standby state is maintained in the card unit CU until the startup is completed.

When the startup of the slot machine SM is completed, the slot machine SM sends a game machine information notification to the card unit CU. The serial number at this time starts from "0". Subsequently, the slot machine SM transmits a counting notification to the card unit CU at the above-mentioned communication timing (after 100 ms). At this time, it starts from the serial number "0". Subsequently, the card unit CU sends a loan notification to the slot machine SM, and then the slot machine SM sends a loan receipt result response to the card unit CU. These serial numbers also start from "0", and on the receiving side, management starts from the serial number "0" for each information ("game machine information notification", "counting notification", "rental notification", "lending receipt result response"). To do.

(Basic communication sequence of the telegram "Game machine information notification")
Next, the basic communication sequence of the telegram "game machine information notification" will be described.

First, the transmission conditions and transmission priority of "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", and "hall computer / fraud monitoring information" in the telegram "game machine information notification" will be described with reference to FIG. .. In addition, "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" are transmitted in a cycle in which the time length (within the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less) is one cycle. It is stored and transmitted in the telegram "game machine information notification" according to each transmission condition and transmission priority.

The "game machine performance information" is the time corresponding to 200 cycles of the telegram "game machine information notification" from the completion of the startup of the game machine (slot machine SM in this embodiment) (within the range of 60 s or more and 62 s or less). After that, it is transmitted in a cycle in which the time length corresponding to 200 cycles of the telegram "game machine information notification" (within the range of 60s or more and 62s or less) is one cycle.

Further, the "game machine installation information" is the time (range of 180 s or more and 186 s or less) corresponding to 600 cycles of the telegram "game machine information notification" from the completion of the start of the game machine (slot machine SM in this embodiment). (Inside), and then transmitted in a cycle in which the time length (within the range of 180s or more and 186s or less) corresponding to 600 cycles of the telegram "game machine information notification" is one cycle.

Further, the "hall control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted immediately after the start-up of the game machine (slot machine SM in this embodiment) is completed, and then the time corresponding to one cycle of the telegram "game machine information notification". It is transmitted in a cycle in which the length (within the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less) is one cycle.

Since the transmission timings of "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" transmitted under the above transmission conditions may overlap with each other, "game machine performance information" , "Game machine installation information", "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information", the priority of transmission is predetermined, and in this embodiment, "Game machine installation information", "Game machine performance information", Priority "1" (high), priority "2" (medium), and priority "3" (low) are assigned to each of the "hall-con / fraud monitoring information".

At each first transmission timing of transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification", among "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hall computer / fraud monitoring information", those satisfying the transmission conditions are selected as transmission candidates. I will stock it. Then, at each first transmission timing, the one having the highest transmission priority among those stocked so far as transmission candidates is stored in the telegram "game machine information notification" and transmitted. The first transmission timing of the telegram "game machine information notification" in which the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is stored becomes the start timing of one cycle related to the transmission of the next "hole control / fraud monitoring information". The first transmission timing of the telegram "game machine information notification" in which "game machine performance information" is stored becomes the timing of the start of one cycle related to the transmission of the next "game machine performance information", and "game machine installation information". The first transmission timing of the telegram "game machine information notification" in which is stored is the start timing of one cycle related to the transmission of the next "game machine installation information".

For example, at the first transmission timing A11 for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification", the transmission timing of "hall control / fraud monitoring information" and other "game machine information" ("game machine performance information", "game machine" If the transmission timing of "installation information") overlaps, "hole control / fraud monitoring information" and other "game machine information" are stocked as transmission candidates, and at the first transmission timing A11, "hole control / fraud monitoring information" The other "game machine information" having a higher priority than "" is stored in the message "game machine information notification" and transmitted, and the first transmission timing A11 is the start of one cycle related to the transmission of the next other "game machine information". It will be the timing of. At the first transmission timing A12 following the first transmission timing A11 for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification", "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is stocked as a transmission candidate, and the first transmission timing A12 Then, the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" that was not transmitted because the priority was low at the first transmission timing A11 is stored in the telegram "game machine information notification" and transmitted, and the first transmission timing A12 is the next "hole". It is the start timing of one cycle related to the transmission of "con / fraud monitoring information".

In addition, at the first transmission timing A21 for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification", the transmission timing of "hall control / fraud monitoring information", the transmission timing of "game machine performance information", and the "game machine installation information" When the transmission timing overlaps, "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information", "game machine performance information", and "game machine installation information" are stocked as transmission candidates, and the first transmission timing A21 has the highest priority. The "game machine installation information" is stored in the message "game machine information notification" and transmitted, and the first transmission timing A21 becomes the start timing of one cycle related to the transmission of the next "game machine installation information". At the first transmission timing A22 following the first transmission timing A21 for transmitting the message "game machine information notification", "hole control / fraud monitoring information" and "game machine performance information" are stocked as transmission candidates. Therefore, at the first transmission timing A22, the "game machine" having the higher priority among the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" and the "game machine performance information" that were not transmitted because the priority was low at the first transmission timing A21. The "performance information" is stored in the message "game machine information notification" and transmitted, and the first transmission timing A22 becomes the start timing of one cycle related to the transmission of the next "game machine performance information". At the first transmission timing A23 following the first transmission timing A22 for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification", "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is stocked as a transmission candidate, and the first transmission timing A23 Then, the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" that was not transmitted because the priority is low at the first transmission timings A21 and A22 is stored in the telegram "game machine information notification" and transmitted, and the first transmission timing A23 is next. It is the start timing of one cycle related to the transmission of "Hallcon / Fraud monitoring information".

Next, the telegram "game machine information notification" ("game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", "hall" between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU under the transmission conditions and transmission priority of FIG. 20 The basic communication sequence of "con / fraud monitoring information") will be described with reference to FIG. In FIG. 21, communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e of the medal number control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission / reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501.

When the slot machine SM starts up, only "Hallcon / Unauthorized monitoring information" out of "Game machine installation information", "Game machine performance information", and "Hallcon / Unauthorized monitoring information" satisfies the transmission conditions. , The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a telegram "game machine information notification" storing "hole control / fraud monitoring information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU (step S401).

After that, the first transmission timing of each of the 199 telegrams "slot machine information notification" is the telegram "slot machine information" after the previous telegram "slot machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" was transmitted. Since the time corresponds to one cycle of "notification" (range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less), the transmission condition of "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is satisfied, but step S401 immediately after the start of the slot machine SM is completed. After sending the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information", the time equivalent to 200 cycles of the telegram "Game machine information notification" (range of 60s or more and 62s or less) has been reached. Therefore, the transmission condition of the "game machine installation information" is not satisfied, and the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted in step S401 immediately after the start of the slot machine SM is completed. Since the time corresponding to 600 cycles of the telegram "game machine information notification" (range of 180 s or more and 186 s or less) has not been reached since then, the transmission condition of "game machine performance information" is not satisfied. Therefore, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a telegram "game machine information notification" storing "hole control / fraud monitoring information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing. (Steps S402, ..., S403).

The first transmission timing of the next telegram "game machine information notification" is the message "game machine information notification" after the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted in step S403. The telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores "Hall control / fraud monitoring information" is sent in step S401, which is the time corresponding to one cycle (range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less) and immediately after the start of the slot machine SM is completed. Since it is the time equivalent to 200 cycles of the telegram "Game machine information notification" (range of 60s or more and 62s or less) after transmission, the transmission conditions of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" and "Game machine installation information" are set. Although it is satisfied, 600 cycles of the telegram "game machine information notification" after sending the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" in step S401 immediately after the start of the slot machine SM is completed. Since the time corresponding to the minute (the range of 180 s or more and 186 s or less) has not been reached, the transmission condition of the "game machine performance information" is not satisfied. Therefore, the slot machine SM medal number control CPU 301 sends "game machine installation information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing, which has a higher priority than "hole control / fraud monitoring information". The telegram "game machine information notification" containing the above is transmitted (step S404).

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is the first time (within the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less) corresponding to one cycle of the telegram “game machine information notification” from the transmission of the “game machine installation information” in step S404. At the transmission timing, the telegram "game machine information notification" containing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" that was not transmitted because the priority is low in step S404 is transmitted to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU (step S405). ).

After that, the first transmission timing of each of the 198 telegrams "slot machine information notification" is the telegram "slot machine information" after the previous telegram "slot machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" was transmitted. Since the time corresponds to one cycle of "notification" (range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less), the transmission condition of "hall control / fraud monitoring information" is satisfied, but "game machine installation information" is stored in step S404. Since the time corresponding to 200 cycles of the telegram "Game machine information notification" (range of 60s or more and 62s or less) has not been reached since the telegram "Game machine information notification" was sent, the "Game machine installation information" is transmitted. In step S401, which does not satisfy the conditions and immediately after the slot machine SM has been started, the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted, and then the telegram "game machine information notification" is sent. Since the time corresponding to 600 cycles (range of 180s or more and 186s or less) has not been reached, the transmission condition of "game machine performance information" is not satisfied. Therefore, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a telegram "game machine information notification" storing "hole control / fraud monitoring information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing. ..

In step S406, the first transmission timing of the message "game machine information notification" is the message "game machine information notification" after the previous transmission of the message "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information". It is a time equivalent to one cycle (range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less), and 200 of the message "Game machine information notification" after the previous transmission of the message "Game machine information notification" storing the "Game machine installation information". Since the time corresponds to the cycle (range of 60s or more and 62s or less), the transmission conditions of "hall control / fraud monitoring information" and "game machine installation information" are satisfied, but immediately after the slot machine SM is started up. Time equivalent to 600 cycles of the message "Game machine information notification" after sending the message "Game machine information notification" storing "Hall control / fraud monitoring information" in a certain step S401 (range of 180s or more and 186s or less) Because it has not reached, the transmission condition of "game machine performance information" is not satisfied. Therefore, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM stores the "game machine installation information", which has a higher priority of transmission than the "hole controller / fraud monitoring information", to the unit CPU 501 at the first transmission timing. Send "Game machine information notification".

In step S407, the first transmission timing of the message "game machine information notification" is the message "game machine information notification" after the previous transmission of the message "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information". Since the time corresponds to one cycle (range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less), the transmission condition of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is satisfied, but in step S406, the message "Game machine installation information" is stored. Since the time corresponding to 200 cycles of the message "Game machine information notification" (range of 60s or more and 62s or less) has not been reached since the transmission of the "Game machine information notification", the transmission condition of the "Game machine installation information" is satisfied. Not, and in step S401 immediately after the start of the slot machine SM is completed, the message "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted, and then the message "game machine information notification" is sent for 600 cycles. Since the time corresponding to (the range of 180 s or more and 186 s or less) has not been reached, the transmission condition of the "game machine performance information" is not satisfied. Therefore, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a telegram "game machine information notification" storing "hole control / fraud monitoring information" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing. ..

The first transmission timing of the telegram "game machine information notification" following the telegram "game machine information notification" transmitted in step S407 is the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" in step S407. Is the time corresponding to one cycle of the telegram "game machine information notification" (range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less), and the telegram "game machine information" in which "game machine installation information" is stored in step S406. It is the time (range of 60s or more and 62s or less) corresponding to 200 cycles of the telegram "Game machine information notification" after the transmission of "Notification", and in step S401 immediately after the start of the slot machine SM is completed, "Hallcon / Illegal" Since it is the time (range of 180s or more and 186s or less) corresponding to 600 cycles of the telegram "game machine information notification" after the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "monitoring information" is transmitted, "game machine installation information" , "Amusement machine performance information", "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information", all of which satisfy the transmission conditions. Therefore, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM stores the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the highest priority "game machine installation information" with respect to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing. Is transmitted (step S408).

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is the first time (within the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less) corresponding to one cycle of the telegram “game machine information notification” from the transmission of the “game machine installation information” in step S408. At the transmission timing, among the "game machine performance information" and the "hallcon / fraud monitoring information" that were not transmitted in step S408 to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, the "game machine performance" having the highest transmission priority The telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "information" is transmitted (step S409). After that, the "game machine performance information" is set as the reference for the start of the cycle in which the time length (within the range of 180 s or more and 186 s or less) corresponding to 600 cycles of the telegram "game machine information notification" is set as the time length of one cycle. , The first transmission timing corresponding to step S409 is changed, and the transmission is performed periodically. It is not necessary to change the criterion for starting the cycle of transmitting "game machine performance information".

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is the first transmission of the time (range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less) corresponding to one cycle of the telegram "game machine information notification" from the transmission of "game machine performance information" in step S409. At the timing, a telegram "game machine information notification" containing "hole control / fraud monitoring information" that was not transmitted because the transmission priority was low in step S408 or step S409 was transmitted to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. (Step S410).

(A specific example of counting in the basic communication sequence)
Subsequently, a specific example of counting between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU in the basic communication sequence between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU of FIG. 17 will be described with reference to FIG. 22. However, in the communication sequence of FIG. 22, the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side before the pressing operation of the counting switch 31 (games stored in the memory 302). The number of medals possessed by the player on the slot machine SM side managed using the medal number data) is "200", and is stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 on the card unit CU side. It is assumed that the number of medals possessed (the number of medals possessed by the player on the card unit CU side managed by using the number of medals possessed data stored in the memory 502) is "20". The details of the transmission timing of the telegrams "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" are explained with reference to FIG. Omit. In FIG. 22, communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e of the medal number control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission / reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501.

The operation of pressing the counting switch 31 is detected by the medal number control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side (step S501). It is assumed that the pressing operation of the counting switch 31 is a long pressing (for example, continuous pressing for more than 1 s) for a predetermined time (for example, 1 s).

In this embodiment, the upper limit of the number of counting medals notified by the telegram "counting notification" is "50". The upper limit of the number of counting medals is described as "upper limit number of counting medals". In the case of long press, the number of counting medals notified by the message "counting notification" is such that the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 is equal to or more than the upper limit number of counting medals "50". For example, if the number of game medals is set to "50" based on the number of game medals and the number of game medals is "1" or more and less than the upper limit number of counting medals "50", "stored in memory 302 by the number of medals control CPU 301" based on the number of game medals. If the number of game medals is "0", it is set to "0" based on the number of game medals. Further, in the case of a short press (for example, continuous pressing of 1 s or less) that does not exceed a predetermined time (for example, 1 s), the number of counted medals notified by the message "count notification" is determined by the medal number control CPU 301 in the memory 302. If the number of game medals stored and managed is "1" or more, it is set to "1" based on the number of game medals, and if the number of game medals is "0", it is set to "0" based on the number of game medals. Is set to.

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "game medal number = 200") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 is concerned. The telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "number of game medals = 200") is received (step S502).

After transmitting the message "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "game medal number = 200"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is stored by the first counting processing means 301b2 and the medal number control CPU 301. Based on the number of game medals "200" stored and managed in 302, the number of counting medals is determined to be the maximum number of counting medals "50". Then, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m", "counting medal number = 50", "counting cumulative medal number = 50") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. Then, the unit CPU 501 receives the message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m", "counting medal number = 50", "counting cumulative medal number = 50") (step S503). The medal number control CPU 301 updates the number of game medals stored and managed by the medal number control CPU 301 in the memory 302 by the first counting processing means 301b2 to "150" obtained by subtracting the number of counting medals "50" (150). Step S504). Further, the unit CPU 501 updates the number of medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 to "70" by adding the number of counted medals "50" by the second counting processing means 501c (step S505). ).

After receiving the message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m", "counting medal number = 50", "counting cumulative medal number = 50"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU changes the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM. In response to this, a telegram "Lending notice" ("Lending serial number = k", "Lending medal number = 0") is transmitted, and the medal number control CPU 301 performs the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k", "Lending". The number of medals = 0 ") is received (step S506). After receiving the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k", "Lending medal number = 0"), the medal number control CPU 301 responds to the unit CPU 501 with the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k"). , "Receipt result = normal"), and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k", "Reception result = normal") (step S507). Since the number of rented medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed by the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "150", and is stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502. The number of medals held remains "70".

After transmitting the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k", "Receipt result = normal"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the telegram "Game machine" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. "Information notification" ("serial number = n + 1", "number of game medals = 150") is transmitted, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 1", "number of game medals = 150"). (Step S508).

After transmitting the message "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 1", "game medal number = 150"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is stored by the first counting processing means 301b2 and the medal number control CPU 301. Based on the number of game medals "150" stored and managed in 302, the number of counting medals is determined to be the maximum number of counting medals "50". Then, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m + 1", "counting medal number = 50", "counting cumulative medal number = 100") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. Then, the unit CPU 501 receives the message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m + 1", "counting medal number = 50", "counting cumulative medal number = 100") (step S509). The medal number control CPU 301 updates the number of game medals stored and managed by the medal number control CPU 301 in the memory 302 by the first counting processing means 301b2 to "100" obtained by subtracting the number of counting medals "50" (100). Step S510). Further, the unit CPU 501 updates the number of medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 to "120" by adding the number of counted medals "50" by the second counting processing means 501c (step S511). ).

After receiving the message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m + 1", "counting medal number = 50", "counting cumulative medal number = 100"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU changes the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM. In response to this, a telegram "Lending notice" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Lending medal number = 0") is transmitted, and the medal number control CPU 301 performs the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Lending" The number of medals = 0 ") is received (step S512). After receiving the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Lending medal number = 0"), the medal number control CPU 301 responds to the unit CPU 501 with the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k + 1"). , "Receipt result = normal"), and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Reception result = normal") (step S513). Since the number of rented medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "100", and is stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501. The number of medals held remains "120".

After that, the end of the pressing operation of the counting switch 31 is detected by the medal number control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side (step S514).

After transmitting the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Receipt result = normal"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the telegram "Game machine" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. "Information notification" ("serial number = n + 2", "number of game medals = 100") is transmitted, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 2", "number of game medals = 100"). (Step S515).

After transmitting the message "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 2", "game medal number = 100"), the slot machine SM medal number control CPU 301 sends the message "counting notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. ("Counting serial number = m + 2", "Counting medal number = 0", "Counting cumulative medal number = 100"), and the unit CPU 501 sends the message "Counting notification" ("Counting serial number = m + 2", "Counting medal". Number = 0 ”,“ Count cumulative number of medals = 100 ”) is received (step S516). Since the number of counting medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed by the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "100", and is stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502. The number of medals held remains "120".

After receiving the message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m + 2", "counting medal number = 0", "counting cumulative medal number = 100"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU is the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM. In response to this, a telegram "Lending notice" ("Lending serial number = k + 2", "Lending medal number = 0") is transmitted, and the medal number control CPU 301 performs the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k + 2", "Lending". The number of medals = 0 ") is received (step S517). After receiving the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k + 2", "Lending medal number = 0"), the medal number control CPU 301 responds to the unit CPU 501 with the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k + 2"). , "Receipt result = normal"), and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k + 2", "Reception result = normal") (step S518). Since the number of rented medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "100", and is stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501. The number of medals held remains "120".

When the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side before the pressing operation of the counting switch 31 in the communication sequence of FIG. 22 is "70", counting is performed in step S503. The number of counting medals "50", which is the maximum number of medals "50", is notified using the message "counting notification", and in step S509, the number of counting medals "20", which is less than the maximum number of counting medals "50", is the message "counting notification". Will be notified using.

Further, when the timing at which the counting switch 31 is released is later than that in the case of the communication sequence of FIG. 22, after step S513, the same processing as in steps S508 to S513 (for example, the message "counting notification" ("several serial number") = M + 2 ”,“ Counting medals = 50 ”, Cumulative counting medals = 150”), processing to update the number of game medals to “50”, processing to update the number of medals held to “170”) Will be done. In this way, for example, while the counting switch 31 is pressed, the telegram "counting notification" for notifying the number of counting medals up to the upper limit of counting medals has a period in which the time length of one cycle is 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less. It is sent and received repeatedly.

Further, when the pressing operation of the counting switch 31 in step S101 in the communication sequence of FIG. 22 is a short pressing, the message "counting notification" is used from the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. Then, the number of counting medals "1" is notified.

(A specific example of lending in the basic communication sequence)
Subsequently, a specific example of lending between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU in the basic communication sequence between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU of FIG. 17 will be described with reference to FIG. 23. However, in the communication sequence of FIG. 23, the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 on the slot machine SM side (games stored in the memory 302) before the operation of pressing the lending switch 503a. The number of medals possessed by the player on the slot machine SM side managed using the medal number data) is "10", and is stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 on the card unit CU side. It is assumed that the number of medals possessed (the number of medals possessed by the player on the card unit CU side managed by using the number of medals possessed data stored in the memory 502) is "150". The details of the transmission timing of the telegrams "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt result response" are explained with reference to FIG. Omit. In FIG. 23, communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e of the medal number control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission / reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501.

The unit CPU 501 on the card unit CU side detects the pressing operation of the lending switch 503a (step S601).

In this embodiment, the maximum number of medals to be lent to be notified by the telegram "Notice of Lending" is "50". The maximum number of medals to be lent is described as "maximum number of medals to be lent". The number of medals to be lent, which is notified by the message "Notice of Lending", is "50" based on the number of medals to be lent if the number of medals to be memorized and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 is "50" or more. If the number of medals held is "1" or more and the maximum number of medals to be rented is less than "50", the number of medals held is set to "the number of medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502" based on the number of medals held. Set. When the number of medals held is "0", the number of medals to be lent, which is notified by the message "Notice of Lending", is stored in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 and is managed by the cash balance (stored in the memory 502). If the number of medals corresponding to the player's cash balance on the CU side of the card unit managed using the existing balance data is equal to or greater than the maximum number of medals to be lent, "50", "50" is based on the cash balance. If the number of medals corresponding to the cash balance is "1" or more and less than the maximum number of medals to be lent "50", "to the cash balance stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502" based on the cash balance. It is set to "corresponding number of medals", and if the number of medals corresponding to the cash balance is "0", it is set to "0" based on the cash balance.

It is said that lending based on the number of medals held will be given priority over lending based on the cash balance, but the loan is not limited to this. In addition, for example, 47 sheets (equivalent), 200 sheets (5 slots), 500 sheets (2 slots), etc., the number of sheets corresponding to 1000 yen in cash differs depending on the rate, etc., and 1000 yen can be lent out with one lending switch 503a. Or (for example, 47 sheets (equivalent) can be rented with one operation of the lending switch 503a), or 500 yen can be rented with one operation of the lending switch 503a (for example, 100 sheets can be rented with one operation of the lending switch 503a). (5 slots) can be rented out in units of 50 sheets in two processes).

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM transmits a telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "game medal number = 10") to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the unit CPU 501 is concerned. Receive the telegram "Game machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "number of game medals = 10") (step S602).

After transmitting the message "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n", "game medal number = 10"), the slot machine SM medal number control CPU 301 sends the message "counting notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. ("Counting serial number = m", "Counting medal number = 0", "Counting cumulative medal number = 0"), and the unit CPU 501 sends the message "Counting notification" ("Counting serial number = m", "Counting medal". Number = 0 ”,“ Count cumulative number of medals = 0 ”) is received (step S603). Since the number of counting medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "10", and is stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501. The number of medals held remains "150".

After receiving the message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m", "counting medal number = 0", "counting cumulative medal number = 0"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU is subjected to the unit CPU 501 by the lending processing means 501b. The number of medals to be lent is determined to be the maximum number of medals to be lent "50" based on the number of medals "150" stored and managed in the memory 502. The unit CPU 501 transmits a telegram "rental notification" ("rental serial number = k", "number of medals to be rented = 50") to the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM, and the medal number control CPU 301 is the telegram "rental". Notification ”(“ Lending serial number = k ”,“ Lending medal number = 50 ”) is received (step S604). After receiving the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k", "Lending medal number = 50"), the medal number control CPU 301 responds to the unit CPU 501 with the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k"). , "Receipt result = normal"), and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k", "Reception result = normal") (step S605). The medal number control CPU 301 updates the number of game medals stored and managed by the medal number control CPU 301 in the memory 302 by the borrowing processing means 301b1 to “60” which is added by the number of rented medals “50” (step S606). ). Further, the unit CPU 501 updates the number of medals stored and managed by the unit CPU 501 in the memory 502 to "100" by subtracting the number of rented medals "50" by the lending processing means 501b (step S607).

After transmitting the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k", "Receipt result = normal"), the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM sends the telegram "Game machine" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. "Information notification" ("serial number = n + 1", "number of game medals = 60") is transmitted, and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 1", "number of game medals = 60"). (Step S608).

After transmitting the message "game machine information notification" ("serial number = n + 1", "game medal number = 60"), the slot machine SM medal number control CPU 301 sends the message "counting notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. ("Counting serial number = m + 1", "Counting medal number = 0", "Counting cumulative medal number = 0"), and the unit CPU 501 sends the message "Counting notification" ("Counting serial number = m + 1", "Counting medal". Number = 0 ”,“ Counting cumulative number of medals = 0 ”) is received (step S609). Since the number of counting medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "60", and is stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501. The number of medals held remains "100".

After receiving the message "counting notification" ("counting serial number = m + 1", "counting medal number = 0", "counting cumulative medal number = 0"), the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU changes the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM. In response to this, a telegram "Lending notice" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Lending medal number = 0") is transmitted, and the medal number control CPU 301 performs the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Lending" The number of medals = 0 ") is received (step S610). After receiving the telegram "Lending notification" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Lending medal number = 0"), the medal number control CPU 301 responds to the unit CPU 501 with the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k + 1"). , "Receipt result = normal"), and the unit CPU 501 receives the telegram "Lending receipt result response" ("Lending serial number = k + 1", "Reception result = normal") (step S611). Since the number of rented medals is "0", the number of game medals stored and managed in the memory 302 by the medal number control CPU 301 remains "60", and is stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501. The number of medals held remains "100".

When the number of medals stored and managed in the memory 502 by the unit CPU 501 before the operation of pressing the lending switch 503a in the communication sequence of FIG. 23 is "20", the number of medals to be lent is less than "50" in step S604. The number of medals to be lent "20" is notified using the telegram "Notice of Lending".

During the counting process (during transmission / reception of the telegram "counting notification" in which the number of counting medals is "1" or more), the transmission / reception of the telegram "notification of lending" in which the number of medals to be lent is "0" with the lending switch 503a disabled. It may be done. On the other hand, during the lending process (during transmission / reception of the telegram "Lending notification" in which the number of medals to be lent is "1" or more and the telegram "Lending receipt result response"), the counting switch 31 is enabled and the lending process is in progress. When the counting switch 31 is pressed, the lending process may be switched to the counting process.

The card unit CU corresponds to the "external game machine compatible unit" of the present invention, and the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" stored in the telegram "game machine information notification" becomes the "game machine information" of the present invention. Correspondingly, the telegram "counting notification", the telegram "lending notification", and the "lending receipt result response" correspond to the "giving and receiving information" of the present invention, and the "counting medal number" stored in the telegram "counting notification" and The "number of loaned medals" stored in the telegram "notice of loan" corresponds to the "amount given and received" of the present invention. Further, a cycle in which the time length for one cycle is in the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less corresponds to the “predetermined cycle” of the present invention, and the message “game machine information notification” storing the “hole control / fraud monitoring information” is sent. The first transmission timing to be transmitted corresponds to the "transmission timing" in "the transmission of the game machine information is performed at the transmission timing in a predetermined cycle" of the present invention, and the message "number of counting medals" is stored. The second transmission timing to send the "counting notification", the third transmission timing to send the "lending notification" containing the "number of medals to be lent", and the message "response to the result of receiving the loan" to store the "result of receiving the number of medals to be lent". The fourth transmission timing for transmitting is corresponding to the "different timing" in "the communication of the transfer information is performed at a timing different from the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle" of the present invention.

(Movement of medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU in the slot machine)
Hereinafter, regarding the movement of the pseudo medal between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM, the sequence related to the pressing operation of the bet switch 7 (hereinafter referred to as “insertion sequence”) and the pressing operation of the maximum bet switch 8 Sequence related to (hereinafter referred to as "maximum input sequence"), sequence related to pressing operation of the settlement switch 33 (hereinafter referred to as "settlement sequence"), payout of pseudo medals (winning a role in which a player acquires a pseudo medal) A sequence (hereinafter, referred to as “payout sequence”) related to the generation of a predetermined number of pseudo medals for the winning combination will be described in order with reference to FIGS. 24 to 29.

However, the memory 102 used by the main control CPU 101 has
Number of medals inserted to manage the number of medals used (consumed) in one game CT11 (used to set "count information 1" and "count information 2" in FIG. 12),
Number of medals paid out in one game CT12 (used to set "count information 1" and "count information 2" in FIG. 12),
The number of medals inserted in the process of inserting pseudo medals and settlement (cancellation of insertion) (in the case of insertion, "+1" is added to each medal, and in the case of settlement, "-1" is added to each medal. : Hereinafter referred to as "provisional input number"), provisional input number CT13,
The number of remaining medals to be paid out CT14 for managing the number of medals that have not yet been paid out in the process of paying out pseudo medals (the number of medals to be paid out is "-1" .: hereinafter referred to as "the number of remaining payouts"),
The first transmission timing of the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" and the first transmission timing of the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the next "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" In the meantime, the number of medals inserted in the process of inserting pseudo medals and settlement (cancellation of insertion) (in the case of insertion, "+1" is added to each medal, and in the case of settlement, "-1" per medal. CT15 (used for comparison with the number of inserted medals CT31 described later),
The first transmission timing of the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" and the first transmission timing of the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the next "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" In the meantime, the number of comparative medals CT16 for managing the number of medals paid out in the process of paying out pseudo medals (“+1” is added for each medal paid out) CT16 (with the number of medals paid out CT32 described later) Used for comparison)
Each counter such as is formed.

Further, the memory 302 used by the medal number control CPU 301 has
The number of game medals mentioned above (the number of medals possessed by the player on the slot machine SM side: "-1" for each medal in the case of insertion, and "+1" for each medal in the case of settlement. The number of game medals CT30 for managing (.) (The above "game medal number data": used for setting the "game medal number" in FIG. 12),
The first transmission timing of the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" and the first transmission timing of the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the next "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" In the meantime, the number of medals inserted in the process of inserting pseudo medals and settlement (cancellation of insertion) (in the case of insertion, "+1" is added to each medal, and in the case of settlement, "-1" per medal. CT31 (used to set the "number of inserted medals" in FIG. 12),
The first transmission timing of the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" and the first transmission timing of the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the next "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" During the period, the number of medals paid out in the process of paying out medals between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 (“+1” is added for each medal paid out) is paid out. Number of medals CT32 (used to set the "number of medals to be paid out" in Fig. 12)
Each counter such as is formed. The value of the game medal number CT30 may be subtracted by the "counting medal number" stored in the telegram "counting notification" or added by the "rental medal number" stored in the telegram "rental notification". is there.

(Input sequence)
First, a sequence (insertion sequence) related to the insertion of pseudo medals when the bet switch 7 is operated between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to FIG. 24. In FIG. 24, communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission / reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the medal number control CPU 301 between the main boards. To.

The medal presence / absence signal is a signal for the medal number control CPU 301 to notify the main control CPU 101 whether or not the game medal number CT30 is 1 or more, and the medal presence / absence signal of “ON” (1 or more) controls the number of medals. It is output from the CPU 301 to the main control CPU 101 (step S701). Since the medal presence / absence signal is “ON”, the main control CPU 101 confirms that the number of game medals CT30 is 1 or more (step S702).

As for the processable signal, the medal number control CPU 301 newly processes the movement of pseudo medals between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 (hereinafter, referred to as "medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU"). This is a signal for the medal number control CPU 301 to notify the main control CPU 101 whether or not the medal number control CPU 301 can be received and implemented, and an “ON” (implementable) processable signal is output from the medal number control CPU 301 to the main control CPU 101. (Step S703). Since the processable signal is "ON", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 can newly accept and execute the medal movement process between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU (step). S704).

When the bet switch 7 is pressed (step S705), the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 starts a process for requesting the start of a process of moving medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. The signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S706). The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 starts the process of moving medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU by receiving the inversion of the processing start signal from “OFF” to “ON”. Since it was confirmed that the processable signal was inverted from "ON" to "OFF", the process of moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU was started as a response to the processing start signal that became "ON". The processing signal for notifying that is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S707).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the processing signal from “OFF” to “ON”, so that the medal number control CPU 301 moves medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the processing was in progress, the processing start signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the input processing request signal for requesting the processing for inserting one medal was changed from "OFF" to "OFF". Invert to "ON" (request) (step S708). Since the second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the insertion processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can be confirmed that the request processing is the insertion processing for one medal. , The processing signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and as a response to the "ON" input processing request signal, the input processing for notifying that the processing for inserting one medal has started is started. The response signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S709).

The first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the insertion processing for one medal by receiving the inversion of the insertion processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON". The first for notifying the completion of the processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the processing of inserting one requested medal by re-inverting the insertion processing request signal from "ON" to "OFF". The processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), the value of the provisional insertion number CT13 is added by 1, and the value of the comparative insertion number CT15 is added by 1 (step S710). In this embodiment, the reversal of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the update processing of the provisional insertion number CT13 and the comparison insertion medal number CT15. "Notification regarding the completion of processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the processing of inputting one sheet" refers to "notification that the processing on the main control CPU 101 side will be completed". The value of the number of comparatively inserted medals CT15 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is the number of inserted medals during the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, the order of (1) re-inversion of the input processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) 1 addition of the provisional input number CT13 and 1 addition of the comparative input medal number CT15. It is supposed to be executed, but the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 completes the insertion processing for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the insertion processing response signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and as a response to the first processing completion signal that has become "ON", the processing for inserting one requested medal is supported. The second processing completion signal for notifying the completion of processing on the medal number control CPU 301 side is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), the value of the game medal number CT30 is subtracted by 1, and the result is inserted. The value of the number of medals CT31 is added by 1 (step S711). In this embodiment, since the reversal of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the update processing of the number of game medals CT30 and the number of inserted medals CT31, "the requested medal 1" The "notification regarding the completion of the process on the medal number control CPU 301 side corresponding to the process of inserting the number of medals" refers to the "notification that the process on the medal number control CPU 301 side will be completed". The value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). 33), the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is the number of inserted medals during the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the insertion processing response signal, (2) inversion of the second processing completion signal, (3) 1 subtraction of the number of game medals CT30 and 1 addition of the number of insertion medals CT31 are executed. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the medal number control CPU 301 completes the insertion processing for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the first processing completion signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF". Further, since the insertion of the pseudo medals is completed, the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 notifies the processing end signal for notifying the instruction of the end of the processing of moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (end) (step S712). The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the processing end signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 controls the entire medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the processing was completed, the second processing completion signal was inverted again from "ON" to "OFF", and the processable signal was inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (step S713).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the processable signal from “OFF” to “ON”, so that the medal number control CPU 301 performs the entire medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the processing was completed, the processing end signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF" (step S714). When this processable signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON", the start switch 9 becomes effective.

After that, when the start switch 9 is pressed (step S715), the first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 changes the value of the input number CT11 to the value of the provisional input number CT13, and subsequently sets the value of the provisional input number CT13. When the value is cleared to "0" (step S716) and the start switch 9 is pressed in step S715 to start the game, the start switch 9 becomes invalid. The value of the input number CT11 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 33). (See), the value of the input number CT11 in which the value of the provisional input number CT13 is set, that is, the number of medals used (consumed) for the game started by pressing the start switch 9 is from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301. The message "Game machine information notification" containing the first "Hall control / fraud monitoring information" after the start switch 9 is pressed is transmitted to once corresponding to the first transmission timing. It becomes.

(Example of maximum input sequence)
Next, an example of a sequence related to the insertion of pseudo medals (maximum insertion sequence) when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to FIG. 25. However, in FIG. 25, it is assumed that when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the number of inserted medals corresponding to the maximum bet switch 8 exists in the game medal number CT30. In FIG. 25, communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission / reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the medal number control CPU 301 between the main boards. To.

In steps S701 to S704, the same contents as in steps S701 to S704 described with reference to FIG. 24 are carried out.

When the maximum bet switch 8 is pressed (step S801), steps S706 to S711 carry out the same contents as steps S706 to S711 described with reference to FIG. 24.

Even if the number of medals fluctuates after the end of step S711, the number of game medals CT30 is 1 or more, so that the medal presence / absence signal remains “ON” (step S802). Since the medal presence / absence signal is “ON”, the main control CPU 101 confirms that the number of game medals CT30 is 1 or more (step S803).

The first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the medal number control CPU 301 completes the insertion processing for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the first processing completion signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", but since the insertion processing for one medal is continuously performed, the insertion processing request signal is changed from "OFF" to "ON" ( Invert to (request) (step S804). Since the second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the insertion processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can be confirmed that the request processing is the insertion processing for one medal. , The second processing completion signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the input processing response signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S805).

The first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the insertion processing for one medal by receiving the inversion of the insertion processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON". Since it is completed, the input processing request signal is inverted again from "ON" to "OFF", and the first processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed). At the same time, the value of the provisional number of inserted medals CT13 is added by 1, and the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is added by 1 (step S806). The value of the number of comparatively inserted medals CT15 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is the number of inserted medals during the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

In the present embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the input processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) 1 addition of the provisional input number CT13 and 1 addition of the comparative input medal number CT15 are executed in this order. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 completes the insertion processing for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the input processing response signal was inverted again from "ON" to "OFF", the second processing completion signal was inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), and the value of the number of game medals CT30 was subtracted by 1. The value is set to the value obtained by adding 1 to the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 (step S807). The value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). 33), the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is the number of inserted medals during the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the insertion processing response signal, (2) inversion of the second processing completion signal, (3) 1 subtraction of the number of game medals CT30 and 1 addition of the number of insertion medals CT31 are executed. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The processing of steps S802 to S807 is repeated until the value of the provisional input number CT13 reaches the maximum input number in the new game at the end of step S807.

After that, in steps S712 to S714, the same contents as in steps S712 to S714 described with reference to FIG. 24 are carried out. When the processable signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" in step S713, the start switch 9 becomes effective. After that, when the start switch 9 is pressed (step S715), in step S716, the same contents as in step S716 described with reference to FIG. 24 are executed. When the start switch 9 is pressed in step S715 to start the game, the start switch 9 becomes invalid.

(Other examples of maximum input sequence)
Next, another example of a sequence related to the insertion of pseudo medals (maximum insertion sequence) when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to FIG. 26. However, in FIG. 26, when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated, the number of inserted pseudo medals corresponding to the maximum bet switch 8 does not exist in the game medal number CT30, and the value of the game medal number CT30 is “1”. And. In FIG. 26, communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission / reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the medal number control CPU 301 between the main boards. To.

In steps S701 to S704, S801, and S706 to S711, the same contents as in steps S701 to S704, S801, and S706 to S711 described with reference to FIGS. 24 and 25 are carried out.

After the value is subtracted by 1 in the process of step S711, the value of the game medal number CT30 becomes "0", and the medal number control CPU 301 changes the medal presence / absence signal from "ON" (1 or more) to "OFF" (0). (Step S901).

The “OFF” (0) medal presence / absence signal is output from the medal number control CPU 301 to the main control CPU 101 (step S902). Since the medal presence / absence signal is "OFF", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the value of the number of game medals CT30 is "0" and that there is no pseudo medal that can be newly inserted (step S903).

Although the value of the provisional number of inserted CT13 has not reached the maximum number of input in the new game, the value of the number of game medals CT30 is "0" (there are no medals that can be newly inserted), so the process proceeds to step S712. Then, in steps S712 to S714, the same contents as in steps S712 to S714 described with reference to FIG. 24 are carried out. When the processable signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" in step S713, the start switch 9 becomes effective. After that, when the start switch 9 is pressed (step S715), in step S716, the same contents as in step S716 described with reference to FIG. 24 are executed.

If the value of the number of game medals CT30 is less than the number of pseudo medals until the maximum number of bets is reached, the maximum bet switch 8 may be invalidated. In this case, in the communication sequence of FIG. 26, even if the maximum bet switch 8 is pressed in step S801, the maximum bet switch 8 is invalid, so that the processes after step S706 are not performed.

(Settlement sequence)
Next, a sequence (settlement sequence) related to the settlement (cancellation of insertion) of the pseudo medals when the settlement switch 33 is operated between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to FIG. 27. In FIG. 27, communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission / reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the medal number control CPU 301 between the main boards. To.

A "ON" (possible) processable signal is output from the medal number control CPU 301 to the main control CPU 101 (step S1001). Since the processable signal is "ON", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 can newly accept and execute the medal movement process between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU (step). S1002).

When the settlement switch 33 is pressed (step S1003), the first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 sends a processing start signal for requesting the start of processing for moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Invert from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S1004). The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 starts the process of moving medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU by receiving the inversion of the processing start signal from “OFF” to “ON”. Since it was confirmed that the processable signal was inverted from "ON" to "OFF", the process of moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU was started as a response to the processing start signal that became "ON". The processing signal for notifying that is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1005).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the processing signal from “OFF” to “ON”, so that the medal number control CPU 301 moves medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the process was in progress, the process start signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the settlement process for one medal (the process of canceling the insertion of one medal) was requested. The settlement processing request signal for this purpose is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (request) (step S1006). Since the second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the settlement processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can be confirmed that the request processing is the settlement processing for one medal. , The processing signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and as a response to the settlement processing request signal that is turned "ON", the settlement processing for one medal (processing for canceling the insertion of one medal) ) Is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1007).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the settlement processing for one medal by receiving the inversion of the settlement processing response signal from “OFF” to “ON”. Since it was completed, the settlement processing request signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the settlement processing for one requested medal (processing for canceling the insertion of one medal). The first processing completion signal for notifying the completion of the processing of is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), the value of the provisional input number CT13 is subtracted by 1, and the value of the comparative input number of medals CT15. Is subtracted by 1 (step S1008). In this embodiment, the reversal of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the update processing of the provisional insertion number CT13 and the comparison insertion medal number CT15. The "notification regarding the completion of the processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the payment processing for one medal (the processing for canceling the insertion of one medal)" indicates that the processing on the main control CPU 101 side is completed. Refers to "notice of becoming". The value of the number of comparatively inserted medals CT15 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is settled (insertion is canceled) between the first transmission timings for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information". The number of medals received is represented by a "negative" value.

In this embodiment, the order of (1) re-inversion of the settlement processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) 1 subtraction of the provisional input number CT13 and 1 subtraction of the comparative input medal number CT15. It is supposed to be executed, but the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 completes the settlement process for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the settlement processing response signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the settlement processing for one requested medal (medal 1) was performed as a response to the first processing completion signal that became "ON". The second process completion signal for notifying the completion of the process on the medal number control CPU 301 side corresponding to the process of canceling the insertion of medals) is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), and the game medal The value of the number CT30 is added by 1, and the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is subtracted by 1 (step S1009). In this embodiment, since the reversal of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the update processing of the number of game medals CT30 and the number of inserted medals CT31, "the requested medal 1" The "notification regarding the completion of the process on the medal number control CPU 301 side corresponding to the medal settlement process (the process of canceling the insertion of one medal)" is "the process on the medal number control CPU 301 side is completed". Refers to "notification of becoming". The value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). 33), the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is the medal that has been settled (insertion canceled) between the first transmission timings for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information". The number is represented by a "negative" value.

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the settlement processing response signal, (2) inversion of the second processing completion signal, (3) 1 addition of the game medal number CT30 and 1 subtraction of the inserted medal number CT31 are executed in this order. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the medal number control CPU 301 completes the settlement processing for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the first processing completion signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", but since the settlement processing for one medal is continuously performed, the settlement processing request signal is changed from "OFF" to "ON" ( Invert to (request) (step S1010). Since the second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the settlement processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can be confirmed that the request processing is the settlement processing for one medal. , The second processing completion signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the settlement processing response signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) as a response to the settlement processing request signal that has become "ON". (Step S1011).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the settlement processing for one medal by receiving the inversion of the settlement processing response signal from “OFF” to “ON”. Since it was completed, the settlement processing request signal was inverted again from "ON" to "OFF", the first processing completion signal was inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), and the value of the provisional input number CT13 was subtracted by 1. The value is set to a value obtained by subtracting 1 from the value of the number of comparatively inserted medals CT15 (step S1012). The value of the number of comparatively inserted medals CT15 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 is settled (insertion is canceled) between the first transmission timings for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information". The number of medals received is represented by a "negative" value.

In this embodiment, the order of (1) re-inversion of the settlement processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) 1 subtraction of the provisional input number CT13 and 1 subtraction of the comparative input medal number CT15. It is supposed to be executed, but the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 completes the settlement process for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the settlement processing response signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the second processing completion signal was changed from "OFF" to "ON" as a response to the first processing completion signal that became "ON". (Completed) is reversed, the value of the number of game medals CT30 is added by 1, and the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is subtracted by 1 (step S1013). The value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). 33), the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is the medal that has been settled (insertion canceled) between the first transmission timings for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information". The number is represented by a "negative" value.

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the settlement processing response signal, (2) inversion of the second processing completion signal, (3) 1 addition of the game medal number CT30 and 1 subtraction of the inserted medal number CT31 are executed in this order. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The processing of steps S101 to S1013 is repeated until the value of the provisional input number CT13 becomes "0" at the end of step S1013.

The first insertion processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the medal number control CPU 301 completes the insertion processing for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the first processing completion signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF". In addition, since the settlement of the pseudo medal (cancellation of medal insertion) has been completed, the process end signal for notifying the instruction to end the process of moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU is set from "OFF". Invert to "ON" (end) (step S1014). The second insertion processing means 301b3 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the processing end signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 controls the entire medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the processing was completed, the second processing completion signal was inverted again from "ON" to "OFF", and the processable signal was inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (step S1015).

The first input processing means 101d of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the processable signal from “OFF” to “ON”, so that the medal number control CPU 301 performs the entire medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the processing was completed, the processing end signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF" (step S1016). When this processing end signal is inverted from "ON" to "OFF", the start switch 9 becomes invalid. The start switch 9 may be disabled at the timing when the settlement switch 33 is pressed.

Although the checkout switch 33 is not operated, for example, a plurality of pseudo medals (2 ≦ n)
, N is an integer), and when the bet switch 7 is operated, it may be provided with a process of diverting the above-mentioned settlement process for the number of pseudo medals to be the difference. In this case, pressing the settlement switch 33 replaces pressing the bet switch 8 when a plurality of pseudo medals are inserted, and the number of pseudo medals to be the difference is settled.

(Payout sequence)
Next, a sequence (payout sequence) related to the payout of pseudo medals at the time of payout of pseudo medals between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to FIG. 28. In FIG. 28, communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission / reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the medal number control CPU 301 between the main boards. To.

A "ON" (possible) processable signal is output from the medal number control CPU 301 to the main control CPU 101 (step S1101). Since the processable signal is "ON", the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 can newly accept and execute the medal movement process between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU (step). S1102).

In this game, a pseudo medal is paid out by winning a role of acquiring a pseudo medal (step S1103), and the first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 sets the value of the payout number CT12 to "A" and the number of payout remaining numbers. The value of CT14 is set to "A" (step S1104). The value of the number of payouts CT12 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 33). (Refer to), the number of medals to be paid out in one game is transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 by the telegram "game machine information" storing the first "hole control / fraud monitoring information" after the payout occurs. It will be once corresponding to the first transmission timing when the "notification" is transmitted.

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 inverts a processing start signal for requesting the start of processing of medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU from “OFF” to “ON” (request) ( Step S1105). The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 starts the process of moving medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU by receiving the inversion of the processing start signal from “OFF” to “ON”. Since it was confirmed that the processable signal was inverted from "ON" to "OFF", the process of moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU was started as a response to the processing start signal that became "ON". The processing signal for notifying that is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1106).

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the processing signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the medal number control CPU 301 moves medals between the new main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the process was in progress, the process start signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the payout process request signal for requesting the process of paying out one medal was changed from "OFF" to "OFF". Invert to "ON" (request) (step S1107). Since the second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the payout processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can be confirmed that the request processing is the payout processing for one medal. , The processing signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and as a response to the "ON" payout processing request signal, the payout process for notifying that the process of paying out one medal has started. The response signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) (step S1108).

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the payout process for one medal by receiving the inversion of the payout processing response signal from “OFF” to “ON”. The first for notifying the completion of the processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the processing of the requested payment of one medal by re-inverting the payout processing request signal from "ON" to "OFF". The processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), the value of the remaining payout number CT14 is subtracted by 1, and the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is added by 1 (step S1109). In this embodiment, since the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the update processing of the remaining payout number CT14 and the comparative payout medal number CT16, "requested medal 1" The "notification regarding the completion of the processing on the main control CPU 101 side corresponding to the processing for paying out the sheets" refers to the "notification that the processing on the main control CPU 101 side will be completed". The value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is the number of payout medals during the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

In the present embodiment, the order of (1) re-inversion of the payout processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) 1 subtraction of the remaining payout number CT14 and 1 addition of the comparative payout medal number CT16. It is supposed to be executed, but the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the first process completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 completes the payout process for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the payout processing response signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and as a response to the first processing completion signal that has become "ON", the requested payout processing for one medal is supported. The second processing completion signal for notifying the completion of processing on the medal number control CPU 301 side is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), the value of the game medal number CT30 is added by 1, and the value is paid out. The value of the number of medals CT32 is added by 1 (step S1110). In this embodiment, since the reversal of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" is performed prior to the update processing of the number of game medals CT30 and the number of inserted medals CT31, "the requested medal 1" "Notification regarding completion of processing on the medal number control CPU 301 side corresponding to the payout of medals" refers to "notification that processing on the medal number control CPU 301 side will be completed". The value of the number of medals to be paid out CT32 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "Game machine information notification" storing the "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). 33), the value of the number of medals to be paid out CT32 is the number of medals to be paid out during the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the payout processing response signal, (2) inversion of the second processing completion signal, (3) 1 addition of the number of game medals CT30 and 1 addition of the number of payout medals CT32 are executed in this order. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the medal number control CPU 301 completes the settlement processing for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the first processing completion signal is reversed again from "ON" to "OFF", but since the payout processing for one medal is continuously performed, the payout processing request signal is changed from "OFF" to "ON" ( (Request) is reversed (step S1111). Since the second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the payout processing request signal from "OFF" to "ON", it can be confirmed that the request processing is the payout processing for one medal. , The second processing completion signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the payout processing response signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (start) as a response to the payout processing request signal that has become "ON". (Step S1112).

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 confirms that the medal number control CPU 301 has started the payout process for one medal by receiving the inversion of the payout processing response signal from “OFF” to “ON”. Since it was completed, the payout processing request signal was inverted again from "ON" to "OFF", the first processing completion signal was inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (completed), and the value of the remaining payout number CT14 was subtracted by 1. The value is set to the value obtained by adding 1 to the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 (step S1113). The value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). (See FIG. 33), the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is the number of payout medals during the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

In the present embodiment, the order of (1) re-inversion of the payout processing request signal, (2) inversion of the first processing completion signal, (3) 1 subtraction of the remaining payout number CT14 and 1 addition of the comparative payout medal number CT16. It is supposed to be executed, but the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the first process completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 completes the payout process for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the payout processing response signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF", and the second processing completion signal was changed from "OFF" to "ON" as a response to the first processing completion signal that became "ON". (Completed) is reversed, the value of the number of game medals CT30 is added by 1, and the value of the number of payout medals CT32 is added by 1 (step S1114). The value of the number of medals to be paid out CT32 is cleared to "0" when the telegram "Game machine information notification" storing the "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted according to the first transmission timing (FIGS. 30 to 30). 33), the value of the number of medals to be paid out CT32 is the number of medals to be paid out during the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

In this embodiment, (1) re-inversion of the payout processing response signal, (2) inversion of the second processing completion signal, (3) 1 addition of the number of game medals CT30 and 1 addition of the number of payout medals CT32 are executed in this order. However, the order of implementation is not limited to this.

The processing of steps S1111 to S1114 is repeated until the value of the remaining payout number CT14 becomes "0" at the end of step S1114.

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the second process completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the medal number control CPU 301 completes the payout process for one medal. Since it was confirmed, the first processing completion signal is re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF". Further, since the payout of the pseudo medals has been completed, the process end signal for notifying the instruction to end the process of moving medals between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU is changed from "OFF" to "ON" (end). Invert (step S1115). The second payout processing means 301b4 of the medal number control CPU 301 receives the inversion of the processing end signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the main control CPU 101 controls the entire medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the processing was completed, the second processing completion signal was inverted again from "ON" to "OFF", and the processable signal was inverted from "OFF" to "ON" (step S1116).

The first payout processing means 101h of the main control CPU 101 receives the inversion of the processable signal from "OFF" to "ON", so that the medal number control CPU 301 performs the entire medal movement between the main control CPU and the medal number control CPU. Since it was confirmed that the processing was completed, the processing end signal was re-inverted from "ON" to "OFF" (step S1117).

The communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the sequence of FIGS. 24 to 28 corresponds to the "second communication" of the present invention. Further, in the sequence of FIG. 24, one pseudo medal is used, in the sequence of FIG. 25, the number of pseudo medals from the number of inserted medals when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated to the maximum number of inserted medals, and in the sequence of FIG. 26, the maximum bet switch. The number of pseudo medals from the number of medals inserted during the operation of 8 to the value of the number of game medals CT30 reaching "0", and in the sequence of FIG. 27, the value of the provisional number of medals CT13 is "from the number of medals inserted during the operation of the settlement switch 33. The number of pseudo medals until reaching "0", and the number of pseudo medals paid out in the sequence of FIG. 28, is the "amount of movement of the game value between the main control device and the game value control device" of the present invention. Corresponds to. Further, "1 sheet" in the movement of 1 sheet in the sequence of FIGS. 24 to 28 corresponds to the "predetermined amount" of the present invention.

Next, a case where a timeout occurs during the insertion of the pseudo medal when the maximum bet switch 8 is operated between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 (a) and 29 (b). To do.

In the example of FIG. 29 (a), the processes of steps S701 to S704, S801, S706 to S711, and S802 to S805 described above are performed. At this time, the main control CPU 101 cannot confirm the inversion of the input processing response signal from "OFF" to "ON" within a predetermined time, and the time-out occurs without performing the process corresponding to step S806 in FIG. (Step S1201). Further, the medal number control CPU 301 cannot confirm the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" within a predetermined time, and does not perform the processing corresponding to step S807 in FIG. A timeout occurs (step S1202). At this time, the data of the provisional insertion number CT14 and the comparison insertion medal number CT15 on the main control CPU 101 side are updated, and the data of the game medal number CT30 and the insertion medal number CT31 are also updated on the medal number control CPU 301 side. There is. Therefore, after the operation of the maximum bet switch 8, the number of medals inserted in the main control CPU 101 (the value of the provisional insertion number CT14) and the number of medals inserted in the control CPU 301 (the number of game medals when the maximum bet switch 8 is pressed). Consistency with the value obtained by subtracting the current value of the number of game medals CT30 from the value of CT30) is achieved. In addition, the first transmission timing of the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores "hole control / fraud monitoring information" and the first transmission of the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the next "hole control / fraud monitoring information" Consistency between the timing and the number of medals inserted in the main control CPU 101 (value of the number of inserted medals CT15) and the number of medals inserted in the number of medals control CPU 301 (value of the number of inserted medals CT31) is achieved.

In the example of FIG. 29 (b), the processes of steps S701 to S704, S801, and S706 to S710 described above are performed. At this time, the medal number control CPU 301 cannot confirm the inversion of the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" within a predetermined time, and does not perform the processing corresponding to step S711 in FIG. A timeout occurs (step S1251). Further, the main control CPU 101 cannot confirm the inversion of the second processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON" within a predetermined time, and times out without performing the processing corresponding to step S803 in FIG. (Step S1252). At this time, the data of the provisional insertion number CT14 and the comparison insertion medal number CT15 on the main control CPU 101 side are updated, and the data of the game medal number CT30 and the insertion medal number CT31 are updated on the medal number control CPU 301 side. Absent.

Here, when the update process of the medal number control CPU 301 is performed before the update process of the main control CPU 101, the number of game medals stored and managed by the medal number control CPU 301 in the memory 302 when an abnormality such as a timeout occurs ( Even though the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player has decreased, the insertion of pseudo medals has not been confirmed, and a situation occurs in which the player is injured in other than the game. On the other hand, when the update process of the medal number control CPU 301 is performed after the update process of the main control CPU 101, even if an abnormality such as a timeout occurs, the medal number control CPU 301 stores and manages the game in the memory 302. When the number of medals (the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player) decreases, the insertion of the pseudo medals is always confirmed, and there is no situation in which the player is injured except for the game. Therefore, performing the update process of the medal number control CPU 301 after the update process of the main control CPU 101 is superior to performing the update process of the medal number control CPU 301 before the update process of the main control CPU 101.

(Communication between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, and between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501)
Subsequently, with reference to FIGS. 30 to 33, the communication sequence between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the slot machine SM and the communication between the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU is used. explain. In FIGS. 30 to 33, communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the inter-unit transmission / reception means 301e of the medal number control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission / reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501, and is the main control. Communication between the CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission / reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the main board transmission / reception means 301a of the medal number control CPU 301.

As described above, between the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, the telegram "game machine information notification" sets the time length for one cycle within the range of 300 ms or more and 310 ms or less. It is transmitted periodically in the transmission cycle.

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM corresponds to the first transmission timing of the message "game machine information notification" that comes periodically to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU, and the message "game machine" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. Information is requested to the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM at a timing prior to transmission of the "information notification" (hereinafter, referred to as "request timing") (step S1301). The main control CPU 101 that receives the request from the medal number control CPU 301 is based on each transmission cycle of the above-mentioned "hole control / fraud monitoring information", "game machine installation information", and "game machine performance information" and their priorities. In addition, it is judged that the request is related to "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information", and the timing within a predetermined time range from the request timing (timing prior to sending the message "game machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501: the following, In "Response timing"), among a plurality of items of "Hall control / fraud monitoring information", at least items such as "count information 1" and "count information 2" that are not managed by the medal number control CPU 301 side. Information related (number of inserted CT11, number of payout CT12, etc.) and information on items used for monitoring abnormalities such as fraud in the number of medals control CPU 301 (number of comparative medals inserted CT15, number of comparative medals paid out CT16, etc.) are medals. It responds to the number control CPU 301 (step S1302).

Here, the value of the input number CT11 (the number of pseudo medals used (consumed) for the game started by pressing the start switch 9) for which the value of the provisional input number CT13 is set is changed from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301. The message "Game machine information notification" that stores the first "Hall control / fraud monitoring information" after the start switch 9 is pressed is transmitted to once corresponding to the first transmission timing. It becomes. In addition, the number of inputs transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 in response to the first transmission timing in which the telegram "game machine information notification" for storing the other "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted. The value of CT11 is "0".

In addition, the number of pseudo medals paid out when the player wins the role of acquiring the pseudo medal (the number of pseudo medals predetermined for the role when the player wins the role of acquiring the pseudo medal). The value of the payout number CT12 in which is set is transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 by the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the first "hole control / fraud monitoring information" after the payout occurs. Is transmitted once corresponding to the first transmission timing. The number of payouts transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 in response to the first transmission timing in which the telegram "game machine information notification" for storing the other "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted. The value of CT12 is "0".

Further, the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 is the value of the current "Hallcon" from the previous request related to "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" counted on the main control CPU101 side. -The number of medals inserted or settled (cancelled) before the request related to "fraud monitoring information", that is, the message "game machine information notification" containing the previous "hallcon / fraud monitoring information" was sent. The number of medals inserted or settled (cancelled) between the first transmission timing and the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the current "hole control / fraud monitoring information". .. After the value of the comparatively inserted medal number CT15 is transmitted in response to the request related to the "hole control / fraud monitoring information", the value of the comparatively inserted medal number CT15 is cleared to "0".

Further, the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 is the value of the current "Hallcon" from the previous request related to "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" counted on the main control CPU101 side. -The number of medals paid out before the request related to "fraud monitoring information", that is, from the first transmission timing when the message "game machine information notification" containing the previous "hallcon / fraud monitoring information" was sent, this time This is the number of medals paid out before the first transmission timing of transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the "hallcon / fraud monitoring information". After the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is transmitted in response to the request related to the "hole control / fraud monitoring information", the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is cleared to "0".

In step S1301, the medal number control CPU 301 "holes" based on each transmission cycle of "hole control / fraud monitoring information", "game machine installation information", and "game machine performance information" described above and their priorities. It may be determined to make a request related to "con / fraud monitoring information" and make the request, and in step S1302, the main control CPU 101 may make a response to the request related to "hole control / fraud monitoring information".

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM periodically sends the telegram "game machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. The telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "fraud monitoring information" is transmitted (step S1303). Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a telegram "counting notification" to the unit CPU 501 (step S1304). Subsequently, the unit CPU 501 transmits a telegram "rental notification" to the medal number control CPU 301 (step S1305). Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a telegram “Lending receipt result response” to the unit CPU 501 (step S1306).

The storage of the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" by the medal number control CPU 301 in the telegram "game machine information notification" is managed by the medal number control CPU 301 side among the multiple items of the "hole control / fraud monitoring information". For the items that are, the contents managed by the medal number control CPU 301 side are set, and for the items managed by the main control CPU 101 side, the main control CPU 101 is requested and acquired by the response from the main control CPU 101. The contents managed on the control CPU 101 side are set.

Among the plurality of items of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information", for example, the items "game medal number", "inserted medal number", and "paid medal number" in FIG. 12 are managed by the medal number control CPU 301 side. The value of the number of game medals CT30, the value of the number of inserted medals CT31, and the value of the number of paid medals CT32 are stored in each of the items "number of game medals", "number of inserted medals", and "number of paid medals". To do.

The value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is the first transmission timing of the previous "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" from the first transmission timing of the previous "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" counted on the medal number control CPU301 side. This is the number of medals that have been inserted or settled (cancelled). The value of the number of inserted medals CT31 is cleared to "0" after the storage in the "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" and the comparison with the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 are completed.

Further, the value of the number of paid medals CT32 is counted from the first transmission timing of the previous "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" to the first transmission timing of the current "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" counted on the medal number control CPU301 side. It is the number of medals paid out in the meantime. After the storage in the "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" and the comparison with the comparative payout medal number CT16 are completed, the value of the payout medal number CT32 is cleared to "0".

Further, among the plurality of items of "hole control / fraud monitoring information", for example, the items "count information 1" and "count information 2" in FIG. 12 are items whose values are managed on the main control CPU 101 side. , "Game information" including the "count information 1" and "count information 2" ("number of game information", "type information 1", "count information 1", "type information 2", " Predetermined information is stored in the count information 2 ”). Specifically, when both the value of the input number CT11 and the value of the payout number CT12 sent from the main control CPU 101 are "0", "0" is stored in the item "game information number". Further, when the value of the input number CT11 sent from the main control CPU 101 is other than "0" and the value of the payout number CT12 is "0", "1" is stored in the item "game information number" and the item "type". The value for notifying the input is stored in the "information 1", and the value of the input number CT11 is stored as the input number in the item "count information 1". Further, when the value of the input number CT11 sent from the main control CPU 101 is "0" and the value of the payout number CT12 is other than "0", "1" is stored in the item "game information number" and the item "type". The value for notifying the payout is stored in the "information 1", and the value of the payout number CT12 is stored as the payout number in the item "count information 1". Further, when the value of the input number CT11 sent from the main control CPU 101 is other than "0" and the value of the payout number CT12 is other than "0", "2" is stored in the item "game information number" and the item "2" is stored. The value for notifying the input is stored in the "type information 1", the value of the input number CT11 is stored as the input number in the item "count information 1", and the value for notifying the payout is stored in the item "type information 2". It is stored, and the value of the payout number CT12 is stored as the payout number in the item "count information 2". The items "main control state 1" and "game machine fraud 1" in FIG. 12 are also items whose values are managed on the main control CPU 101 side.

In step S1307, the medal number control CPU 301 performs the following (process 1) to (process 4).

(Process 1) In the medal number control CPU 301, when the value of the input number CT11 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the value of the input number CT11 can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines. It is confirmed whether or not the number of medals to be inserted in one game (defined by rules, etc.) is the set allowable number of medals to be inserted (in this embodiment, "1" to "3"). If it is not the set allowable input number, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the input number in one game) is performed.

(Process 2) In the medal number control CPU 301, when the value of the payout number CT12 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the value of the payout number CT12 can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines. Check whether or not the number of medals to be paid out in one game (defined by rules, etc.) is the set allowable number of medals to be paid out (in this embodiment, "1" to "15"). If it is not the set allowable payout number, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the payout number in one game) is performed.

(Process 3) The medal number control CPU 301 compares the value of the comparative inserted medal number CT15 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the inserted medal number CT31, and calculates the value of the inserted medal number CT31 from the value of the comparative inserted medal number CT15. Check whether the subtracted result is within the range of "-1" to "1", and if it is not within the range, a predetermined notification (for example, from the previous transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information") Notification of abnormalities in the number of inputs before the transmission of "Hallcon / Fraud monitoring information"). The normal range of "-1" to "1" is the first transmission timing of "hole control / fraud monitoring information" between the count processing by the main control CPU 101 and the count process by the medal number control CPU 301. If there is, in the insertion sequence and the maximum insertion sequence, the value of the comparative insertion medal number CT15 is 1 larger than the value of the insertion medal number CT31, and in the settlement sequence, the value of the comparison insertion medal number CT15 is the value of the insertion medal number CT31. It is based on the fact that it becomes smaller by 1.

(Process 4) The medal number control CPU 301 compares the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the payout medal number CT32, and from the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 to the value of the payout medal number CT32. Check whether the subtraction result obtained by subtracting is within the range of "0" to "1", and if it is not within the range, a predetermined notification (for example, from the previous transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information") Notification of abnormalities in the number of payouts until the transmission of "Hallcon / Fraud monitoring information"). It should be noted that the normal range of "0" to "1" is that the first transmission timing of "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is set between the count processing by the main control CPU 101 and the count process by the medal number control CPU 301. If so, the payout sequence is based on the fact that the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is one larger than the value of the payout medal number CT32.

After the process of step S1302, the main control CPU 101 clears each value of the number of inserted medals CT11, the number of payouts CT12, the number of comparatively inserted medals CT15, and the number of comparatively paid out medals CT16 to “0” (step S1308). Further, after the process of step S1307, the medal number control CPU 301 clears each value of the number of inserted medals CT31 and the number of paid medals CT32 to "0" (step S1309).

By the time the request timing corresponds to the first transmission timing when the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the next "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted, the pseudo medal is inserted and the pseudo medal is settled (pseudo medal). When an opportunity to move a pseudo medal related to either (cancellation of insertion) or withdrawal of a pseudo medal occurs, the pseudo medal movement sequence is performed without waiting for the request timing, and here, the movement sequence is performed. The whole is done (step S1310).

Here, when the trigger for the movement of the pseudo medal is the pressing operation of the bet switch 7 regarding the insertion of the medal, the movement sequence to be executed is steps S706 to S716 of the insertion sequence of FIG. 24. Further, when the trigger for moving the pseudo medal is the pressing operation of the maximum bet switch 8 relating to the insertion of the pseudo medal, the movement sequence to be executed is the steps S706 to S711, S802 to S807, and S712 to S716 of the maximum insertion sequence shown in FIG. Or steps S706 to S711, S901 to S903, and S712 to S716 of the maximum input sequence of FIG. 26. Further, when the trigger for moving the pseudo medal is the pressing operation of the settlement switch 33 related to the settlement of the pseudo medal (cancellation of insertion), the movement sequence to be executed is steps S1004 to S1016 of the settlement sequence of FIG. Further, when the trigger for the movement of the pseudo medal is related to the payout of the pseudo medal, the movement sequence to be carried out is steps S1104 to S1117 of the payout sequence of FIG. 28.

In steps S131 to S1319, the same contents as in steps S1301 to S1309 described above are carried out.

By the time the request timing corresponds to the first transmission timing when the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the next "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is sent, the pseudo medal is inserted and the pseudo medal is settled (pseudo medal When an opportunity to move a pseudo medal related to either (cancellation of insertion) or withdrawal of a pseudo medal occurs, the pseudo medal movement sequence is performed without waiting for the request timing, but the pseudo medal When the request timing arrives during the movement sequence, steps S1321 to 1329 are prioritized. Here, only the first half of the movement sequence is performed (step S1320).

Here, when the trigger for moving the pseudo medal is the pressing operation of the bet switch 7 related to the insertion of medals, the movement sequence to be executed is a continuous part from step S706 of the insertion sequence of FIG. 24. Further, when the trigger for moving the pseudo medal is the pressing operation of the maximum bet switch 8 regarding the insertion of medals, the movement sequence to be executed may be a continuous part from step S706 of the maximum insertion sequence of FIG. 25, or FIG. 26. It may be a continuous part from step S706 of the maximum input sequence of. Further, when the trigger for moving the pseudo medal is the pressing operation of the settlement switch 33 related to the settlement of medals (cancellation of insertion), the movement sequence to be executed becomes a continuous part from step S1004 of the settlement sequence of FIG. Further, when the trigger for the movement of the pseudo medal is related to the payout of the pseudo medal, the movement sequence to be carried out becomes a part from step S1104 of the payout sequence of FIG. 28.

In this embodiment, when the request timing comes during the movement sequence of the pseudo medal, the movement sequence of the pseudo medal is immediately interrupted so that steps S132 to 1329 are preferentially performed, but the present invention is limited to this. For example, when the request timing arrives in the middle of steps S708 to S711 of FIG. 24, the pseudo medal movement sequence is interrupted after the processing of step S711 is completed, and steps S1321 to 1329 are performed. If the request timing comes in the middle of the movement process for one medal, the pseudo medal movement sequence is continued until the movement process for one medal is completed, and the movement sequence for one medal is continued. After the movement process of the above is completed, the movement sequence of the pseudo medal may be interrupted and steps S132 to 1329 may be performed. In this case, in the comparison between the value of the number of comparative medals CT15 received from the main control CPU 101 and the value of the number of inserted medals CT31, if the value of the comparative number of inserted medals CT15 and the value of the number of inserted medals CT31 are not the same, it is predetermined. Notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of inputs between the previous transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" and the transmission of this "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information") is performed, and the main control CPU 101 is used. In the comparison between the value of the received comparative payout medal number CT16 and the value of the payout medal number CT32, if the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 and the value of the payout medal number CT32 are not the same, a predetermined notification (for example, the previous time) It is also possible to notify the abnormality of the number of payouts between the transmission of the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" and the transmission of the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" this time).

In steps S1321 to S1329, the same contents as in steps S1301 to S1309 described above are carried out.

The second half of the movement sequence in which the first half was executed in step S1320 until the request timing corresponding to the first transmission timing in which the telegram "game machine information notification" for storing the next "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted. Is performed (step S1330).

Here, when the first half of the charging sequence is executed in step S1320, step S716 starts from the continuation of the charging sequence of FIG. 24. When the first half of the maximum input sequence is executed in step S1320, step S716 is performed from the continuation of the maximum input sequence of FIG. 25, and step S716 is performed from the continuation of the maximum input sequence of FIG. 26. If the first half of the settlement sequence is executed in step S1320, step S1016 starts from the continuation of the settlement sequence in FIG. 27. Further, when the first half of the payout sequence is executed in step S1320, step S1117 is performed from the continuation of the payout sequence of FIG. 28.

In steps S1331 to S1339, the same contents as in steps S1301 to S1309 described above are carried out.

In the movement sequence, all or part of one movement sequence and all or part of another movement sequence are performed between the previous telegram "game machine information notification" and the current telegram "game machine information notification". In some cases, the movement sequence may be divided into three or more.

By the time the request timing corresponds to the first transmission timing when the telegram "Game machine information notification" that stores the next "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted, the pseudo medal is inserted and the pseudo medal is settled (pseudo medal). The movement of the pseudo medal related to either the cancellation of the insertion of the pseudo medal or the payout of the pseudo medal does not occur, and the movement sequence is not performed. Also in this case, in steps S1340 to S1348, the same contents as in steps S1301 to S1309 are carried out.

Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM corresponds to the first transmission timing of the card unit CU to the unit CPU 501 of the periodically coming telegram "game machine information notification", and the telegram to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. At the timing (request timing) prior to the transmission of the "game machine information notification", the information is requested to the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM (step S1349). The main control CPU 101 that receives the request from the medal number control CPU 301 is based on each transmission cycle of the above-mentioned "hole control / fraud monitoring information", "game machine installation information", and "game machine performance information" and their priorities. In addition, it is determined that the request is related to "game machine installation information", and at a timing within a predetermined time range from the request timing (timing prior to transmission of the message "game machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501: response timing). , Items that are not managed by at least the medal number control CPU 301 side among a plurality of items of "game machine installation information" (in this embodiment, items "main control chip ID number" to item "main control chip product code" Item) is returned to the medal number control CPU 301 (step S1350).

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is set to "install the game machine" with respect to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing of the telegram "game machine information notification" that comes periodically to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. The telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "information" is transmitted (step S1351). Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a telegram "counting notification" to the unit CPU 501 (step S1352). Subsequently, the unit CPU 501 transmits a telegram "rental notification" to the medal number control CPU 301 (step S1353). Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a telegram “Lending receipt result response” to the unit CPU 501 (step S1354).

Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM corresponds to the first transmission timing of the card unit CU to the unit CPU 501 of the periodically coming telegram "game machine information notification", and the telegram to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. At the timing (request timing) prior to the transmission of the "game machine information notification", the information is requested to the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM (step S1355). The main control CPU 101 that receives the request from the medal number control CPU 301 is based on each transmission cycle of the above-mentioned "hole control / fraud monitoring information", "game machine installation information", and "game machine performance information" and their priorities. In addition, it is determined that the request is related to "game machine performance information", and at a timing within a predetermined time range from the request timing (timing prior to transmission of the message "game machine information notification" to the unit CPU 501: response timing). , Of the plurality of items of "game machine performance information", at least items that are not managed by the medal number control CPU 301 side (in this embodiment, items "total number of inputs" to item "state ratio of accessories, etc.") The information of is returned to the medal number control CPU 301 (step S1356).

The medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM is set to "game machine performance" with respect to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU at the first transmission timing of the telegram "game machine information notification" that comes periodically to the unit CPU 501 of the card unit CU. The telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "information" is transmitted (step S1357). Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a telegram "counting notification" to the unit CPU 501 (step S1358). Subsequently, the unit CPU 501 transmits a telegram "rental notification" to the medal number control CPU 301 (step S1359). Subsequently, the medal number control CPU 301 transmits a telegram “Lending receipt result response” to the unit CPU 501 (step S1360).

Regarding the first transmission timing for transmitting the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "game machine installation information" and the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "game machine performance information", step S1307 of FIG. 30. The process corresponding to ~ S1309 is not performed.

The request and response related to the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the sequence of FIGS. 30 to 33 correspond to the "first communication" of the present invention. Corresponds to the "request" of the present invention, and the response corresponds to the "response" of the present invention. Further, the request timing and the response timing related to the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the sequence of FIGS. 30 to 33 correspond to the "communication timing" of the present invention. In addition, "number of game medals" (number of game medals CT30), "number of inserted medals" (number of inserted medals CT31), and "number of paid medals" (number of paid medals CT32) in "Hallcon / Unauthorized Monitoring Information" are the books. Corresponding to the "second acquisition item" of the invention, the "number of inserted medals" (number of inserted medals CT31) corresponds to the "section unit input amount item" of the present invention, and the "number of payout medals" (number of payout medals CT32) Corresponds to the "section unit grant amount item" of the present invention. Further, among the "hole control / fraud monitoring information", "count information 1" and "count information 2" correspond to the "first acquisition item" of the present invention, and "count information 1" and "count information 2" are books. Corresponds to the "game unit input amount item" and "game unit grant amount item" of the invention. Further, the set allowable input number corresponds to the "set allowable input amount" of the present invention, and the set allowable payout number corresponds to the "set allowable grant amount" of the present invention.

(When the transmission timing of each item of "game machine information" overlaps)
The transmission item control means 301g periodically transmits the telegram "game machine information notification" to the card unit CU with 300 ms as one cycle. The "game machine information", which is a part of the data part of the "game machine information notification", is also transmitted to the card unit CU every 300 ms. The "game machine information" further includes three types of items, "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information", and the transmission item control means 301g is transmitted once. At the timing, one of "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted.

Regarding the basic transmission timing of "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" by the transmission item control means 301g
The "game machine installation information" is transmitted to the card unit CU as "game machine information" of the telegram "game machine information notification" 60 seconds after the start of the slot machine SM is completed, and then transmitted at a cycle of 60 seconds.
The "game machine performance information" is transmitted to the card unit CU as "game machine information" of the telegram "game machine information notification" 180 seconds after the start of the slot machine SM is completed, and then transmitted at a cycle of 180 seconds.
"Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted to the card unit CU as "game machine information" of the telegram "game machine information notification" when the start of the slot machine SM is completed, and then transmitted at a cycle of 300 ms.

According to these transmission timings, there are cases where the transmission timings overlap between "game machine installation information" and "hallcon" / fraud monitoring information, and "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hallcon /". All transmission timings of "fraud monitoring information" may overlap. In this case, based on the priority shown in FIG. 20, the transmission item control means 301g transmits to the card unit CU in the order of "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", and "hole control / fraud monitoring information". To do. Therefore, the transmission item control means 301g has the highest priority, "game machine", when all the transmission timings of "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" overlap. Send the telegram "Game machine information notification" containing "Installation information".

At this time, the remaining "game machine installation information" and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" will be transmitted in the next cycle (after 300 ms), but in the next cycle, the priority is high "game machine installation". A telegram "game machine information notification" containing "information" is transmitted. Then, in the next cycle, a telegram "game machine information notification" storing "hall control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted.

With such a transmission configuration, the following problems can occur. For example, in the "hole control / fraud monitoring information", the number of pseudo medals inserted between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is stored between the previous transmission timing and the transmission timing. (Refer to "Number of medals inserted" in "Game machine information" in FIG. 12). As shown in FIG. 34, of the specified number of pseudo medals (3 medals) required to perform one game, only one of them is "in a state where the insertion process is completed between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301. It is assumed that the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted (transmission timing A1). In this case, one card is transmitted to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals".

Then, the remaining input processing is completed until the transmission timing A2, which is the next cycle, is completed, and the start switch 9 is further operated to start the game. At the transmission timing A2, the "game machine installation information" and the "game" It is assumed that all the transmission timings of "machine performance information" and "hole control / fraud monitoring information" overlap. In this case, according to the above-mentioned priority order, at the transmission timing A2, the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "game machine installation information" is transmitted, and the transmission of the remaining items is suspended.

At the transmission timing A3 of the next cycle that comes with the information that the game has started, the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the high-priority "game machine performance information" is transmitted, and the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted. The transmission will be put on hold. Further, it is assumed that the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are operated until the transmission timing A4 of the next cycle is reached, the game is completed, and the insertion process (three pseudo medals) of the next game is completed. In this case, at the transmission timing A4, the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted, but the "number of inserted medals" is the same as that of the previous game and the game. The number of cards is five, which is equivalent to three of the above, and the information is transmitted to the card unit CU.

In addition, the maximum number of medals to be inserted in one game is stipulated as 3, and the range of "number of medals to be inserted" received by the card unit CU is-, assuming that the insertion of 3 medals is cancelled. It is set to 3 to +3. If information exceeding this range is received, the card unit CU recognizes it as an error. Therefore, in a configuration in which each information (“game machine installation information”, “game machine performance information”, “hall computer / fraud monitoring information”) is transmitted according to the priority as shown in FIG. 34, normal input processing is performed. The card unit CU may recognize it as an error even though it has been written. Therefore, in order to prevent such an error, the transmission item control means 301g controls the transmission of each item as shown in FIG. 35.

For example, out of the specified number of pseudo medals (3 medals) required to play one game, only one is in the state where the insertion process is completed between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301. It is assumed that the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "information" is transmitted (transmission timing B1). In this case, one card is transmitted to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals". Then, it is assumed that the remaining input processing is completed before the transmission timing B2, which is the next cycle, is reached, and the start switch 9 is further operated to start the game. At this time, the input signal indicating that the game has started is transmitted from the main control CPU 101, and the transmission item control means 301g sets the input completion flag to ON based on the reception of the signal. The closing completion flag can be set, for example, in a predetermined area of the flag storing means 302b.

It is assumed that all the transmission timings of "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" overlap at the next transmission timing B2. At this time, the transmission item control means 301g confirms the input completion flag before determining the priority of the information whose transmission timings overlap. As a result of the confirmation, if the flag is set to ON, the telegram "Game machine information" that stores "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" before reaching the flow for determining the priority order set in advance. Send a "notification". In this case, the remaining two cards are transmitted to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals" (within the range of -3 to +3). At this time, the "game machine installation information" and the "game machine performance information" are put on hold. In addition, the input completion flag may be set to be turned off at the timing when the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted, or all the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R. May be set so that the signal indicating that the game is completed is turned off at the timing transmitted from the main control CPU 101.

At the transmission timing B3 of the next cycle that comes with the information that the game has started, since the input completion flag is set to OFF, the telegram "game machine information" that stores the "game machine installation information" with the higher priority is set. A "notification" is sent, and the "game machine performance information" with the lower priority is put on hold. Further, it is assumed that the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are operated until the transmission timing B4 of the next cycle is reached, the game is completed, and the insertion process (three pseudo medals) of the next game is completed. If the start switch 9 is not operated and the game is not started at the transmission timing B4, the closing signal is not set and the closing completion flag is set to OFF. In this case, the transmission item control means 301g transmits the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "game machine performance information" in the hold state with high priority, and the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is put on hold. Then, at the transmission timing (not shown) of the next cycle of the transmission timing B4, the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the pending "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted. At this time, +3 medals are transmitted to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals" (within the range of -3 to +3).

If the insertion completion flag up to the transmission timing B4 is set to ON, the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is prioritized, and the remaining +3 cards are transmitted to the card unit CU as the "number of inserted medals" ( Within the range of -3 sheets to +3 sheets). In addition, there is also an item of "Number of medals to be paid out" in "Hallcon / Fraud monitoring information", and the range of the number of medals to be paid out for one game is stipulated as 0 to +15, which exceeds this range. When the information is received, the card unit CU recognizes it as an error. Therefore, regarding the number of medals to be paid out, if the transmission timing comes in the middle of the payout process of the game, the same error as in the case of "number of medals to be inserted" may occur.

For example, when winning a role in which 15 pseudo medals can be paid out, "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted when the payout process of 3 medals is completed between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301. If all the transmission timings of "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", and "hole control / fraud monitoring information" overlap in the next cycle with, "hole control / fraud monitoring information" will be transmitted. If the next game is put on hold and a winning combination is obtained in which 15 pseudo medals can be paid out, the remaining 12 medals from the previous game and 15 medals from the previous game will be used as the "number of medals to be paid out". A total of 27 medals can be transmitted (outside the range of 0 to +15 medals).

Therefore, the main control CPU 101 transmits a payout completion signal to the medal number control CPU 301 when the game is completed and the payout process is completed, and the transmission item control means 301g that has received the signal sets the payout completion flag to ON. To do. Then, in the state where the flag is set to ON, even if the transmission timing overlaps with other items, the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" is transmitted. The payout completion flag can be set in a predetermined area of the flag storage means 302b, for example. In this way, it is possible to prevent the card unit CU from recognizing the number of medals to be paid out as an error.

A timer is provided to manage the transmission timing of "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information", and the input completion flag is set to ON for the transmission item control means 301g. At that time, the timers of "game machine installation information" and "game machine performance information" may be added by +300 ms. In this way, the transmission mode is the same as that in FIG. 35.

(Payout information generation process)
Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the payout process at the end of the game will be described. In this embodiment, the stop control of the reels 6L, 6M, 6R by the reel rotation control means 101f is performed in each reel 6L, 6M, 6R with the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R corresponding to the reels 6L, 6M, 6R. Starts at the timing when is operated (pressed). At this time, the reel rotation control means 101f determines the stop table 102b based on the winning combination lottery result and the timing at which the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R are operated, and the reels 6L, 6M, 6R based on the table 102b. Perform stop control. That is, when the reel rotation control means 101f determines the stop table 102b, it is determined at which position the reels 6L, 6M, 6R to be stopped stop. Further, when the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R are pressed while the operation is valid, the reels 6L, 6M, 6R are stopped even if the pressing is continued.

It is possible to determine which combination has won a prize when the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel are operated and the reel rotation control means 101f selects the stop table 102b. Therefore, in this embodiment, the determination means 101g includes (i) the stop mode of the first and second stop reels, that is, the operation timings of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R of the first and second stop reels, respectively, and (ii). ) Combination lottery result and (iii) operation timing of stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R of the third stop reel (timing at which the stop table 102b is selected based on the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R related to the third stop) Determine based on.

Therefore, the determination means 101g determines at the timing when the pressing of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R of the third stop reel is continued regardless of whether or not the pressing is continued (whether or not the pressing is stopped). Execute the process (payout information generation process). The generated payout information is obtained when the payout information generation process is completed regardless of whether or not the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R of the third stop reel are continuously pressed (whether or not the pressing is stopped). It is transmitted from the main control CPU 101 (determining means 101g) to the medal number control CPU 301, and further transmitted from the medal number control CPU 301 to the unit CPU 501. The "payout information" referred to here is stored in the "game information" ("type information 2", "count information 2": see FIGS. 12 and 13) of the "game machine information notification".

On the other hand, even if the determination process by the determination means 101g is completed and the winning combination is confirmed, the payout process by the first payout processing means 101h is the operation (pressing) of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel. Will start after the end. Therefore, if the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are pressed and continued to be pressed for a while, the payout information is transmitted to the card unit CU while the pressing is continued. , Information regarding the payout process will be transmitted to the card unit CU after the pressing is completed. The "information regarding the payout process" referred to here is stored in the "game machine information (hall control / fraud monitoring information)" ("number of payout medals": see FIG. 12) of the "game machine information notification".

In the actual game, the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel may be continuously pressed to enjoy the afterglow until the start of the bonus or to enjoy the desired reach. .. Here, "payout information" and "information on payout processing" are taken as an example of a case where the power supply of the card unit CU is interrupted while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are continuously pressed. Will be described.

As described above, even when the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are pressed and the pressing is continued, the "payout information" is transmitted to the card unit CU, and the card unit CU is concerned. Grasp the information. If the power supply of the card unit CU is interrupted while the pressing is continued, the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM, so that the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R The operation is invalidated (control is performed so that it is not valid even if the operation is performed), and the pressing is completed. Then, the main control CPU 101 (first payout processing means 101h) performs the payout process after the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R have been pressed, so that the payout process (game value) is performed in the slot machine SM. The update process) ends. Further, when the payout process is completed, the process related to the display of the usable number data reflecting the process by the game medal number display 26 and the display by the payout display 46 (processing based on the result of the game value update process) is performed. Will be done. If the specifications are such that the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R is not invalidated even if the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM, the payout process is performed after the actual pressing is completed. Will be done.

By the way, in the configuration in which the determination process by the determination means 101g is started when the press of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel is stopped as in the case of the first payout processing means 101h, the determination process is applied to the third stop reel. If the power supply of the card unit CU is interrupted while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are being pressed, the "payout information" cannot be received. Further, when the voltage (VL) is not supplied from the card unit CU to the slot machine SM, the operations of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are invalidated (the state in which the pressing is completed), and the main control CPU 101 (the state in which the pressing is completed) is set. The payout process is performed by the first payout process means 101h). In this case, there is a discrepancy between the number of medals possessed by the player managed by the slot machine SM (usable number data) and the usable number data managed by the card unit CU, and the card unit CU also grasps the "payout information". No (see the dashed line in "Sending payout information to the unit" in FIG. 36). In addition, if the card unit CU or hall computer calculates (number of inserts) / (number of payouts) along with "payout information" and "insertion information" and displays the current number of medals, the value and the number of game medals are displayed. Since there is a difference from the usable number data displayed on the vessel 26, the player may feel distrust.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of this embodiment, since the "payout information" can be received before the power supply of the card unit CU is cut off, the card is being pressed while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are pressed. Even if the power supply of the unit CU is interrupted, between the usable number data based on the "payout information" received before the interruption and the usable number data based on the result of the payout process performed in the slot machine SM after the interruption. There is no discrepancy. Further, before the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are operated (for example, two reels are stopped but the last reel is rotating), the power supply of the card unit CU is supplied. When the supply is cut off, the voltage VL is not supplied from the card unit CU, and the operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel becomes invalid, so that the power supply of the card unit CU is cut off. Later, the slot machine SM does not perform the payout process. Therefore, in this case as well, there is no discrepancy between the usable number data stored in the slot machine SM and the usable number data stored in the card unit CU. Further, in the case of a configuration in which the determination process by the determination means 101g is started when the press of the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel is stopped, the usable number data stored in the slot machine SM is used. , Since there may be a discrepancy with the usable number data stored in the card unit CU, when the administrator restores the slot machine SM, either the slot machine SM side or the card unit CU side usable number data It is difficult to determine whether to believe and process, and it becomes difficult to return. On the other hand, in this embodiment, since there is no discrepancy between the usable number data stored in the slot machine SM and the usable number data stored in the card unit CU, subsequent recovery is facilitated. ..

(Board case)
Next, the substrate case KC accommodating the main control board 100 and the medal number control board 300 will be described with reference to FIGS. 38 to 58. The substrate case KC is formed by injection molding using a transparent thermoplastic resin, specifically, PC, ABS, and PMMA. Further, in FIGS. 38 to 58, the x direction corresponds to the left-right direction when the slot machine SM is viewed from the front, the y direction corresponds to the front-rear direction, and the z direction corresponds to the up-down direction.

As shown in FIG. 38, a support plate KYb is attached to the upper portion of the back plate KYa of the housing KY, and the lower end portion of the substrate case KC is rotatably attached to the support plate KYb. The support plate KYb is formed by injection molding using a transparent thermoplastic resin like the substrate case KC, specifically, PC, ABS, and PMMA, and is formed inside the back plate of the slot machine SM housing KY. It is located at the top of. As shown in FIGS. 38 to 42, the substrate case KC includes a first substrate case K101 and a second substrate case K102, and the first substrate case K101 is a main control substrate that controls the progress of the game. 100 is housed, and a medal number control board 300 that controls medal payout control is housed in the second board case K102.

The main control board 100 and the medal number control board 300 are BtoB (board-to-board) connected. Specifically, the first connector portion K103 is provided at the lower left end of the rectangular main control board 100, and a part of the first connector portion K103 is exposed from the lower left surface of the first board case K101. The second connector portion K104 is provided at the lower right end of the medal number control board 300, and the second connector portion K104 is partially exposed from the lower right surface of the second board case K102. It is arranged by. Then, the main control board 100 and the medal number control board 300 are brought into contact with each other by fitting the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, which are partially exposed from the first and second board cases K101 and K102, respectively. It is electrically connected by a BtoB connection. In this way, the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 when the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are BtoB connected are connected with almost no gap at the boundary, and can be accessed by, for example, a wire. There is no such gap, and it is possible to ensure security in the combined state.

Further, an extension piece K105 extending to the right is formed at each of the right uppermost end portion and the right lower end portion of the lid member K102a of the second substrate case K102, and both extension pieces K105 and the first substrate case K101. Screw holes K105a are formed at the rear positions of both extension pieces K105 of the lid member K101a, and screws K106 are screwed into these screw holes K105a from the front, so that the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are formed. The first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 in a BtoB-connected state are combined. At this time, since the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are more firmly coupled without a gap that can be accessed by a wire or the like as described above, security is improved in addition to preventing the connector from falling off. Can also be planned.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 38 to 42, the upper portions of the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 can be swiveled at the lower portions of the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102. A swivel shaft portion K107 having a swivel shaft in the left-right direction that supports the lower portions of the substrate cases K101 and K102 of No. 2 on the support plate KYb is provided. The swivel shaft portion K107 includes a first swivel shaft portion K108 on the first substrate case K101 side and a second swivel shaft portion K109 on the second substrate case K102 side. In FIGS. 38, 39, 41, and 42, K100 is a setting change key cylinder accommodating portion provided at the lower right end of the front surface of the first board case K101, and the key cylinder is attached to the accommodating portion K100 from the front. Is inserted and placed. The configurations of the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109 will be described in detail below.

First, the configuration of the first substrate case K101 will be described with reference to FIGS. 38 to 45. As shown in FIGS. 43 to 45, the first substrate case K101 is composed of a lid member K101a and a base member K101b, and is formed in a storage space formed by fitting the lid member K101a and the base member K101b. The main control board 100 is housed. As shown in FIG. 40, the main control board 100 has a rectangular mounting surface MKa, and screws are inserted into the screw insertion holes provided at each of the four corners from the rear, and the main control board 100 is inserted into the lid member K101a. Is fixed. A plurality of electronic components including a main control CPU 101 and a monitor LED are mounted on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100. Further, the lid member K101a and the base member K101b are both formed by injection molding using a transparent thermoplastic resin, specifically, PC, ABS, and PMMA, so that the main control board 100 can be visually recognized from the outside. There is.

Then, as shown in FIGS. 38 and 39, a temporary fixing portion K101c is formed on the upper right end of the first substrate case K101, and the lid member K101a is attached to the base member K101b with the main control substrate 100 attached to the lid member K101a. The lid member K101a and the base member K101b cannot be easily separated after the two are temporarily fixed by the temporary fixing portion K101c. Specifically, the seal seal K101d is attached to the surface of the lid member K101a in the temporary fixing portion K101c, and the lid member K101a and the base member K101b cannot be separated unless the seal seal K101d is peeled off, and the seal seal K101d The peeling leaves a trace of opening of the first substrate case K101.

As shown in FIG. 43, the lid member K101a is composed of a rectangular flat plate K101a1 and side plates K101a2 surrounding four periphery on the rear end side, and extends rearward to the rear end portion of the upper side plate K101a2 in the left-right direction. The extension plate K101a3 is formed, and as shown in FIG. 44 when the lid member K101a is viewed from the back side, downward locking portions K101a4 are provided at the left rear end portion and the right rear end portion of the extension plate K101a3, respectively. By locking the lid member K101b in the locked hole on the base member K101b side, which will be described later, the fitted state of the lid member K101a with the base member K101b is maintained.

Further, a rectangular upper right extending portion K101a5 is formed so as to extend to the right on the upper right end of the flat plate K101a1 of the lid member K101a, and as will be described later, the upper right extending portion K101a5 hooks a finger or the like on the rectangular upper right extending portion K101a5. It is used as a swivel operation unit for swiveling the upper part of the first substrate case K101 forward.

Further, below the upper right extension portion K101a5 of the lid member K101a, a rectangular lower right extension portion K101a6 constituting the temporary fixing portion K101c is integrally formed at the lower end of the upper right extension portion K101a5, and the lower right extension portion K101a5 is integrally formed. A ring K101a8 having a diameter larger than that of the through hole K101a7 is attached to the back side of the circular through hole K101a7 formed in the central portion of the portion K101a6, and is formed in an oval recess formed on the base member K101b side as described later. The lid member K101a is temporarily fixed to the base member K101b by screwing the screw K101a9 into the through hole K101a7, the ring K101a8, and the screw hole of the recess from the front in the fitted state.

A rectangular notch K101a10 is formed at a position slightly below the center of the rear end of the left side plate K101a2 of the lid member K101a so that a part of the first connector portion K103 is exposed, and is in front of the notch K101a10 of the left side plate K101a2. A recess K101a11 is formed substantially in the center across the flat plate K101a1, and an instrument such as a flat-blade screwdriver is inserted through the recess K101a11 and the recess on the second substrate case K102 side described later to insert the first and second substrate cases K101. , A recess used to spread between K102 is constructed.

The lower right extending portion K101a12 is formed so as to extend downward from the center of the lower end of the flat plate K101a1 of the lid member K101a to the right end portion, and the lower left extending portion K101a13 extends downward to the lower left end of the flat plate K101a1. It is formed. Then, as shown in FIG. 44, the hanging plates K101a14 and K101a15 are integrally formed on the rear right end and the left end of the lower right extending portion K101a12 so as to hang from the lower plate K101a2, and the right side hangs down. A semi-elliptical notch K101a16 (see FIG. 43) is formed at the central rear end of the plate K101a14. A shaft fixing member of the first swivel shaft portion K108, which will be described in detail later, is inserted into the notch K101a16.

Further, on the left side of the hanging plate K101a14, a pair of engaging pieces K101a17 are integrally formed by hanging from the lower plate K101a2. Engagement claws K101a18 are formed on the lower ends of both engagement pieces K101a17 in the directions away from each other. At this time, when some trouble occurs in the main control board 100, a square tubular engaged body (not shown) is inserted into the rectangular engaged hole K101b10 formed in the lower right end of the right frame portion K101b9, which will be described later. Is inserted from below, and both engaging pieces K101a17 are fitted and engaged with the engaged body, so that so-called F caulking is performed in a form of fitting and killing, and the substrate is being transported to the game machine maker together with the substrate case. This is to make it easier to detect fraud by leaving a trace of destruction on at least one of the base member and the lid member (the lid member in this embodiment) when the case is illegally opened.

As shown in FIG. 44 when the lid member K101a is viewed from the back side, a pair of hanging plates K101a19 are integrally formed on the rear side of the lower left extending portion K101a13 of the lid member K101a so as to hang down from the lower plate K101a2. ing. Then, as shown in FIG. 43, a vertical groove K101a20 is formed in the center in the front-rear direction on the lower surface side of both hanging plates K101a19, and when the lid member K101a is fitted with the base member K101b, the base member described later is formed. By inserting the reinforcing ribs in the left-right direction at the base of the screw boss on the K101b side into the vertical groove K101a20, the lid member K101a is positioned for fitting with the base member K101b.

Further, as shown in FIG. 43, in the right lower end portion and the left lower end portion of the flat plate K101a1 of the lid member K101a, a rectangular recess K101a21 in which a connector for connection with an external connector mounted on the main control board 100 is exposed. , K101a22 is formed, a through hole K101a23 is transparently provided at the lower end of the lower left extending portion K101a13, and a screw K101a24 (see FIG. 38) is formed on a screw boss on the base member K101b side, which will be described later, located behind the through hole K101a23. ) Is screwed in, and the lid member K101a is fixed to the base member K101b in a fitted state. An outer plate K101a25 is provided at the right end of the flat plate K101a1 of the lid member K101a and to the right of the right side plate K101a2 (see FIG. 44), and the lid member K101a is fitted to the base member K101b. , The outer plate K101a25 is fitted and inserted into the U-shaped portion of the base member K102b described later.

Next, as shown in FIG. 45, the base member K101b is composed of a rectangular flat plate K101b1 and side plates K101b2 surrounding four periphery on the front end side thereof, and each side plate K101b2 is smaller than the front-rear width of the lid member K101a. It has a front-back width. A long rectangular locked hole K101b3 in the left-right direction is formed at the left rear end portion and the right rear end portion of the upper side plate K101a2, and the two locking portions K101a4 of the extension plate K101a3 of the lid member K101a are both covered. By inserting and locking each of the locking holes K101b3, the fitted state of the lid member K101a with the base member K101b is maintained.

Further, on the right side of the right side plate K101b2 of the base member K101b, a U-shaped portion K101b4 having a horizontal cross section substantially continuous in the vertical direction and an open front surface is integrally formed, and the U-shaped portion K101b4 is integrally formed. The portion K101b4 has substantially the same front-rear width as the right side plate K101a2 of the lid member K101a. Then, a rectangular shape extending to the right at a position slightly above the center of the right end of the U-shaped portion K101b4 and facing a part of the lower right extending portion K101a6 of the lid member K101a in the fitted state. The extension portion K101b5 is integrally formed, and an oval recess K101b6 is formed at the upper end portion of the extension portion K101b5. When the lid member K101a is fitted to the base member K101b, the lid member K101a is viewed from the back side. As shown in FIG. 44, the cylindrical ribs K101ar provided at the upper end and the lower end between the right side plate K101a2 and the outer plate K101a25 are U-shaped as shown in FIG. 45. The ring K101a8 of the lower right extending portion K101a6 of the lid member K101a fits into the recess K101b6 by being guided along the L-shaped groove K101bt formed in the upper right end portion and the lower end portion of the left side surface of the shaped portion K101b4. At the same time, the outer plate K101a25 is fitted into the U-shaped portion K101b4 of the base member K102b described later, and then the ring K101a8 slides to the lower end portion of the recess K101b6, whereby the through hole K101a7 and the screw hole K101b7 are positioned. , The screw K101a9 is screwed from the front into the through hole K101a7, the ring K101a8, and the screw hole K101b7 formed in the recess K101b6 on the lid member K101a side (see FIG. 38), and the lid member K101a is fixed to the base member K101b. The lid. By fitting the lid member K101a to the base member K101b in this way, as shown in FIG. 44 when the lid member K102a is viewed from the back, the position on the left side of the hanging plate K101a15 and on the right side of the engaging piece K101a17. It is provided on the left side of the engaging hole K101b10 of the right frame portion K101b9 of the base member K101b, as described later, and the locking claw at the lower end of the caulking locking piece K101ak formed by hanging from the lower plate K101a2. The U-shaped body K101bK is locked, and the substrate case cannot be opened unless at least one of the base member and the lid member is destroyed, that is, so-called A caulking is performed. Here, the L-shaped groove K101at shown in FIG. 45 has an L-shape having a rear portion extending downward, similar to the L-shaped groove K1bt shown in FIG. 47, which will be described later.

Further, as shown in FIG. 45, a downward hanging plate K101b8 is integrally formed on the right half of the front end of the lower plate K101b2 of the base member K101b, and the hanging plate K101b8 is substantially continuous in the front-rear direction on the front surface side. A U-shaped right frame portion K101b9 is provided, and a circular through hole (see the broken line in FIG. 45) is transparently provided on the right side surface of the right frame portion K101b9 and communicates with the through hole. The shaft portion K108a of the first swivel shaft portion K108 is attached to the right outer side of the right frame portion K101b9. Then, a rectangular engaged hole K101b10 is transparently formed in the lower right end portion of the right frame portion K101b9, and as described above, both engaging pieces K101a17 are engaged with each other to perform so-called F caulking. The lower part of the rear end of the right frame portion K101b9 is formed in an arc shape in a side view.

At this time, when the lid member K101a is fitted to the base member K101b, the open front surface of the right frame portion K101b9 is closed by the lower right extending portion K101a12 of the lid member K101a, so that the so-called F caulking is performed. When the board case is illegally opened while being transported to the game machine maker together with the board case, fraud is found by leaving a trace of destruction on at least one of the base member and the lid member (the lid member in this embodiment). It will be easier to do.

Further, a downward hanging plate K101b11 is integrally formed at the left end portion of the lower plate K101b2 of the base member K101b, and a U-shaped left frame portion K101b12 is provided on the front side of the hanging plate K101b11 in the front-rear direction. A cylindrical screw boss K101b13 is attached to the lower inside of the left frame portion K101b12 by a reinforcing rib K101b14, and when the lid member K101a is fitted to the base member K101b, as described above, the lower right of the lid member K101a. The ring K101a8 of the extending portion K101a6 is fitted into the recess K101b6, the outer plate K101a25 is fitted into the U-shaped portion K101b4 of the base member K102b described later, and then the ring K101a8 slides into the lower end portion of the recess K101b6. A pair of hanging plates K101a19 of the lid member K101a are inserted into the inside of the frame portion K101b12 from above so as to straddle the screw boss K101b13, and the reinforcing rib K101b14 is inserted into the groove K101a20 on the lid member K101a side to fit the lid member K101a. The fitting with the base member K101b of the above is positioned. The lower part of the rear end of the left frame portion K101b12 is also formed in an arc shape in a side view like the right frame portion K101b9.

Further, as shown in FIG. 45, another shaft portion K110 of the first swivel shaft portion K108 is integrally provided on the right side surface of the left frame portion K101b12. As shown in FIGS. 39, 40, and 57, the shaft portion K110 is fitted and inserted into the semicircular concave groove K111a on the upper surface side of the support portion K111 provided at substantially the center of the lower end of the front surface of the support plate KYb. When the substrate case K101 of No. 1 is swiveled, the shaft portion K110 slides on the peripheral surface of the concave groove K111a. Here, the length of the shaft portion K110 in the left-right direction is set to be larger than the width of the support portion K111 so that the support portion K111 can move along the shaft portion K110 in the left-right direction by the amount of movement ΔL (see FIG. 38). ing. That is, the first substrate case K101 can move in the left-right direction by ΔL. On the other hand, the second substrate case K102 is configured so as not to move in the left-right direction as described later.

Next, the configuration of the second substrate case K102 will be described with reference to FIGS. 46 to 48. As shown in FIGS. 46 to 48, the second substrate case K102 is also composed of the lid member K102a and the base member K102b in the same manner as the first substrate case K101, and the lid member K102a and the base member K102b are fitted together. The medal number control board 300 is stored in the storage space formed in the state. As shown in FIG. 40, the medal number control board 300 has a rectangular mounting surface HKa, and like the main control board 100, screws are inserted from behind into screw insertion holes provided at each of the four corners. The medal number control board 300 is fixed to the lid member K102a. A plurality of components including the medal number control CPU 301 are mounted on the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300. Further, similarly to the first substrate case K101, the lid member K102a and the base member K102b are both formed by injection molding using a transparent thermoplastic resin, specifically, PC, ABS, PMMA, and the number of medals. The control board 300 can be visually recognized from the outside.

Then, as shown in FIGS. 38 and 39, a temporary fixing portion K102c is formed on the upper left end of the second substrate case K102 as well as the first substrate case K101, and the medal number control substrate 300 is attached to the lid member K102a. After the lid member K102a is superposed on the base member K102b in the attached state and both are temporarily fixed by the temporary fixing portion K102c, the lid member K102a and the base member K102b cannot be easily separated. At this time, a sealing sticker K102d is attached to the surface of the lid member K102a in the temporary fixing portion K102c as in the case of the first substrate case K101, and the lid member K102a and the base member K102b can be separated unless the sealing sticker K102d is peeled off. Moreover, the peeling of the sealing seal K102d leaves a trace of opening of the second substrate case K102.

As shown in FIG. 46, the lid member K102a is composed of a rectangular flat plate K102a1 and side plates K102a2 surrounding four periphery on the rear end side, and extends rearward to the rear end portion of the upper side plate K102a2 in the left-right direction. The extension plate K102a3 is formed, and as shown in FIG. 47 when the lid member K102a is viewed from the back side, downward locking portions K102a4 are provided at the left rear end portion and the right rear end portion of the extension plate K102a3, respectively. By locking the lid member K102a in the locked hole on the base member K102b side, which will be described later, the fitted state of the lid member K102a with the base member K102b is maintained.

Further, a rectangular upper left extending portion K102a5 is formed so as to extend to the left on the upper left end of the flat plate K102a1 of the lid member K102a, and as will be described later, the upper left extending portion K102a5 is formed on the first substrate case K101. Similar to the upper right extension portion K101a5 of the above, it is used as a swivel operation portion for hooking a finger or the like to swivel the upper portion of the second substrate case K102 forward.

Further, below the upper left extension portion K102a5 of the lid member K102a, a rectangular lower left extension portion K102a6 constituting the temporary fixing portion K102c is integrally formed at the lower end of the upper left extension portion K102a5, and the lower left extension portion K102a6 is formed. A ring K102a8 having a diameter larger than that of the through hole K102a7 is attached to the back side of the circular through hole K102a7 formed in the central portion of the above, and is fitted into an oval recess formed on the base member K102b side as described later. In this state, the lid member K102a is temporarily fixed to the base member K102b by screwing the screw K102a9 into the through hole K102a7, the ring K102a8, and the screw hole of the recess from the front.

A rectangular notch K102a10 is formed at a position slightly below the center of the rear end of the right side plate K102a2 of the lid member K102a so that a part of the second connector portion K104 is exposed, and is in front of the notch K102a10 of the right side plate K102a2. A recess K102a11 is formed substantially in the center across the flat plate K102a1, and an instrument such as a flat-blade screwdriver is inserted through the recess K102a11 and the recess K101a11 on the side of the first substrate case K101 to insert the first and second substrate cases K101, A recess K112 used to spread between the K102s is configured.

A lower right extending portion K102a12 is formed so as to extend downward at the lower right lower end portion of the flat plate K102a1 of the lid member K102a. Then, as shown in FIG. 47, the hanging plates K102a13 and K102a14 are integrally formed on the rear right end and the left end of the lower right extending portion K102a12 so as to hang from the lower plate K102a2, and the left hanging plate K102a13 and K102a14 are integrally formed. A semi-elliptical notch K102a15 (see FIGS. 46 and 47) is formed at the central rear end of the plate K102a14. A shaft fixing member of the second swivel shaft portion K109, which will be described in detail later, is inserted into the notch K102a15.

Further, on the left side of the hanging plate K102a13 on the right side, a pair of engaging pieces K102a16 are integrally formed by hanging from the lower plate K102a2. Engagement claws K102a17 are formed on the lower ends of both engagement pieces K102a16 in the directions away from each other. At this time, similarly to the first substrate case K101, when some trouble occurs in the medal number control substrate 300, a square is formed in the rectangular engaged hole K101b10 formed at the lower right end portion of the right frame portion K102b9 described later. A tubular engaged body (not shown) is inserted from below, and both engaging pieces K102a16 are fitted and engaged with the engaged body, so that so-called F caulking is performed in a form of fitting and killing. When the board case is illegally opened during transportation of the entire board case to the machine maker, at least one of the base member and the lid member (the lid member in this embodiment) is left with a trace of destruction to make it easier to detect the fraud. Is for.

Further, the upper ends of both engaging pieces K102a16 are curved in a symmetrical arc shape, and a cylindrical screw boss on the base member K102b side, which will be described later, is inserted between the upper ends of both engaging pieces K102a16. Further, a circular through hole K102a18 is transparently formed in the front lower right extending portion K102a12 between the upper ends of the curved both engaging pieces K102a16, and a screw K102a19 (see FIG. 38) is inserted through the through hole K102a18 from the front. Then, it is screwed into the screw boss on the base member K102b side, and the lid member K102a is fixed in a fitted state with the base member K102b.

As shown in FIG. 46, a rectangular recess K102a20 is formed from the center of the lower end to the left end of the flat plate K102a1 of the lid member K102a so that the connector for connection with the external connector mounted on the medal number control board 300 is exposed. There is. An outer plate K102a21 is provided at the left end of the flat plate K102a1 of the lid member K102a and to the left of the left side plate K102a2 with a slight interval (see FIG. 47), and the lid member K102a is fitted to the base member K102b. , The outer plate K102a21 is fitted and inserted into the U-shaped portion of the base member K102b, which will be described later.

Next, as shown in FIG. 48, the base member K102b is composed of a rectangular flat plate K102b1 and side plates K102b2 surrounding four periphery on the front end side thereof, and each side plate K102b2 is smaller than the front-rear width of the lid member K102a. It has a front-back width. A long rectangular locked hole K102b3 in the left-right direction is formed at the left rear end portion and the right rear end portion of the upper side plate K102b2, and the two locking portions K102a4 of the extension plate K102a3 of the lid member K102a are both covered. By fitting and locking each of the locking holes K102b3, the fitted state of the lid member K102a with the base member K102b is maintained.

Further, on the left side of the left side plate K102b2 of the base member K102b, a U-shaped portion K102b4 having a horizontal cross section substantially continuous in the vertical direction and an opening on the front side is integrally formed, and the U-shaped portion K102b4 is integrally formed. The portion K102b4 has substantially the same front-rear width as the left side plate K102a2 of the lid member K102a. Then, a rectangular extension extending to the left at a position slightly above the center of the left end of the U-shaped portion K102b4 and facing a part of the lower left extending portion K102a6 of the lid member K102a in the fitted state. The protruding portion K102b5 is integrally formed, and an oval recess K102b6 is formed at the upper end of the extending portion K102b5. When the lid member K102a is fitted to the base member K102b, the lid member K102a is viewed from the back side. As shown in FIG. 47, the cylindrical ribs K102ar provided at the upper end and the lower end between the left side plate K102a2 and the outer plate K102a21 are U-shaped as shown in FIG. 48. The ring K102a8 of the lower left extending portion K102a6 of the lid member K102a is guided by the rear portion formed at the upper right end portion and the lower end portion of the right side surface of the portion K102b4 along the L-shaped groove K102bt extending downward. The through hole K102a7 and the screw hole K102b7 are positioned by inserting the ring K102a8 into the recess K102b6 and then sliding the ring K102a8 to the lower end portion of the recess K102b6. A screw K102a9 is screwed from the front into the screw hole K102b7 formed in (see FIG. 38), and the lid member K102a is fixed to the base member K102b. By fitting the lid member K102a to the base member K102b in this way, as shown in FIG. 47 when the lid member K102a is viewed from the back, the position on the left side of the hanging plate K102a14 and the left side position of the engaging piece K102a16. It is provided on the left side of the engaging hole K102b11 of the right frame portion K102b9 of the base member K102b, as described later, and the locking claw at the lower end of the caulking locking piece K102ak formed by hanging from the lower plate K101a2. The U-shaped body K102bK is locked, and the substrate case cannot be opened unless at least one of the base member and the lid member is destroyed, that is, so-called A caulking is performed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 48, a hanging plate K102b8 and a U-shaped right frame portion K102b9 are provided on the front surface of the lower plate K102b2 of the base member K102b, and the left side of the right frame portion K102b9. A circular through hole K102b10 is transparently provided on the surface, and a shaft portion K109a of a second swivel shaft portion K109 is attached to the left outer side of the through hole K102b10.

A rectangular engaged hole K102b11 is transparently formed at the right end of the lower surface of the right frame portion K102b9, and as described above, both engaging pieces K102a16 are fitted into the engaged hole K102b11 from below (not shown). The so-called F caulking is performed by engaging with the engaged body, and a cylindrical screw boss K102b12 in the front-rear direction is formed above the engaged hole K102b11 of the hanging plate K102b8, and the base member K102b of the lid member K102a is formed. At the time of fitting with, the screw K102a19 is screwed from the front into the through hole K102a18 and the screw boss K102b12 on the lid member K102a side, and the lid member K102a is fixed to the base member K102b in the fitted state. The lower part of the rear end of the right frame portion K102b9 is formed in an arc shape.

At this time, when the lid member K102a is fitted to the base member K102b, the open front surface of the right frame portion K102b9 is closed by the lower right extending portion K102a12 of the lid member K102a, so that the so-called F caulking is performed. When the board case is illegally opened while being transported to the game machine maker together with the board case, fraud is found by leaving a trace of destruction on at least one of the base member and the lid member (the lid member in this embodiment). It will be easier to do.

Further, a downward hanging plate is integrally formed at the left end portion of the lower plate K101b2 of the base member K102b, and a U-shaped left frame portion K102b13 is provided on the front side of the hanging plate, which is cylindrical in the front-rear direction. The screw boss K102b14 is attached to the inside of the left frame portion K102b13.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 38 and 56, another shaft portion K113 of the second swivel shaft portion K109, which will be described in detail later, is attached to the left side surface of the left frame portion K102b13, and the first and second shaft portions K113 are attached. In the state where the connector portions K103 and K104 are fitted together, the shaft portions K108a and K110 of the first swivel shaft portion K108 and the shaft portions K109a and K113 of the second swivel shaft portion K109 are set coaxially, and the first and second swivel shafts K108 are set coaxially. The substrate cases K101 and K102 are configured so that they can rotate in the same direction. As shown in FIGS. 39, 40, and 57, the shaft portion K113 is fitted and inserted into the semicircular concave groove K114a on the upper surface side of the support portion K114 provided at the lower left end of the front surface of the support plate KYb, and the second shaft portion K113 is inserted. When the substrate case K102 is swiveled, the shaft portion K113 slides on the peripheral surface of the concave groove K114a.

Next, the configuration of the first swivel shaft portion K108 on the first substrate case K101 side and the second swivel shaft portion K109 on the second substrate case K102 side constituting the swivel shaft portion K107 will be described.

The first swivel shaft portion K108 is the cylindrical shaft portion K108a shown in FIGS. 45 and 50, the bearing member K108b shown in FIG. 49 for fixing the shaft portion K108a to the support plate KYb, and the shaft portion K108a from the left. It is provided with the shaft fixing member K108c shown in FIG. 51 to be inserted. The shaft portion K108a is integrally provided on the right side surface of the right frame portion K101b9 and on the right side of the through hole (see the broken line in FIG. 45) which is transparently provided at the coaxial position with the shaft portion K110 described above. The through hole on the right side surface of the right frame portion K101b9 is formed to have a size that allows the insertion portion described later of the shaft fixing member K108c to be inserted and rotated. Then, on the peripheral surface of the shaft portion K108a, two engaging holes K108a1 to which the protrusions described later of the shaft fixing member K108c are engaged are transparently arranged side by side in the circumferential direction, and both engagements on the peripheral surface of the shaft portion K108a are provided. A notch K108a2 is recessed at a position close to the right side of each of the holes K108a1.

Further, on the right side of both cuts K108a2 on the peripheral surface of the shaft portion K108a, the letters "B" and "C" representing so-called B and C caulking are attached, and for example, the cut K108a2 on the character side of "B" is broken. By doing so, the protrusion of the shaft fixing member K108c is disengaged from the engaging hole K108a1, the shaft fixing member K108c in the inserted state is removed from the shaft portion K108a, and then the notch K108a2 side with the letter "C" is attached. The protrusion of the shaft fixing member K108c can be re-engaged with the engagement hole K108a1. Here, the B and C caulking means caulking fixing so that the substrate case cannot be removed from the housing unless at least one of the base member and the lid member is destroyed.

As shown in FIG. 49, the bearing member K108b has an inner diameter larger than that of the L-shaped base K108b1 and the front surface of the circular hole (see the broken line in FIG. 49) transparent to the rear surface of the base K108b1. The cylindrical body K108b2 having the above is attached, and the front surface of the cylindrical body K108b2 is processed into an arc shape in a vertical cross section along the peripheral surface of the cylinder. Further, a cylindrical body K108b3 in the left-right direction through which the shaft portion K108a can be inserted and rotated is integrally attached to the left side surface of the base portion K108b1.

Then, the cylindrical body K108b2 is aligned and arranged in the through hole K115 (see FIGS. 50 and 57) having a female screw whose rear surface of the base portion K108b1 is transparent to the lower right end portion of the support plate KYb, and is inside the cylindrical body K108b2. In, the rear surface of the base portion K108b1 is screwed to the through hole K115 of the support plate KYb, the rear surface of the base portion K108b1 is fixed to the support plate KYb, and the shaft portion K108a is attached to the cylindrical body K108b3 on the left side of the base portion K108b1 fixed to the support plate KYb. Can be inserted. Here, the left-right length L1 of the shaft portion K108a shown in FIG. 50 corresponds to at least the above-mentioned movement amount ΔL (see FIG. 58) than the left-right length L2 of the cylindrical body K108b3 shown in FIG. 49. It is set longer by the amount (L1-L2 = ΔL).

As shown in FIG. 51, the shaft fixing member K108c has an outer diameter slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion K108a, and has a cylindrical insertion portion K108c1 inserted inside the shaft portion K108a and an outer diameter of the shaft portion K108a. It has a slightly larger outer diameter and includes a cylindrical grip portion K108c2 integrally formed at the right end of the insertion portion K108c1. An outward protrusion K108c3 is formed on the outer periphery of the insertion portion K108c1, and the protrusion K108c3 engages with the engagement hole K108a1 of the shaft portion K108a when the insertion portion K108c1 is inserted into the shaft portion K108a. The insertion portion K108c1 of the fixing member K108c is restricted from coming off from the shaft portion K108a. Further, the grip portion K108c2 is arranged directly above the through hole K115, and the screw screwed into the through hole K115 cannot be operated unless the shaft fixing member K108c is removed from the shaft portion K108a.

Further, on the peripheral surface of the grip portion K108c2 and on the same bus line as the insertion portion K108c1, the engraved K108c4 of the letter "R" representing "right" is formed, and the left end surface of the grip portion K108c2 and the protrusion K108c3. A notch K108c5 is formed at a position on the line connecting the engraved K108c4, and as shown in FIG. 52, the insertion portion K108c1 is inserted into the through hole (not shown) on the right side of the shaft portion K108 and the right frame portion K101b9. When the protrusion K108c3 is engaged with the engagement hole K108a1 of the shaft portion K108a, among the letters "B" and "C" representing the B and C caulking on the shaft portion K108a side, the character in use is shown to the outside. On the one hand, by hiding the other, it is hidden from the outside, and caulking other than during use (cutting C while using B) is prevented.

The second swivel shaft portion K109 includes the cylindrical shaft portion K109a shown in FIGS. 48 and 54, the bearing member K109b shown in FIG. 53 for fixing the shaft portion K109a to the support plate KYb, and the shaft portion K109a from the left. It is provided with the shaft fixing member K109c shown in FIG. 55 to be inserted. The shaft portion K109a is integrally provided on the left side surface of the right frame portion K102b9 and on the left side of the through hole K102b10 formed coaxially with the shaft portion K113 described above. The through hole K102b10 on the right side surface of the right frame portion K102b9 is formed to have a size that allows the insertion portion described later of the shaft fixing member K109c to be inserted and rotated. Then, as shown in FIG. 56, as in the case of the first swivel shaft portion K108, two engaging holes K109a1 with which the protrusions described later of the shaft fixing member K109c are engaged are formed on the peripheral surface of the shaft portion K109a in the circumferential direction. A notch K109a2 is recessed at a position close to the left side of each of the engaging holes K109a1 on the peripheral surface of the shaft portion K109a.

Further, on the left side of each of the two cuts K109a2 on the peripheral surface of the shaft portion K109a, the letters "B" and "C" representing the above-mentioned B and C caulking are attached. By breaking, the protrusion of the shaft fixing member K109c is disengaged from the engaging hole K109a1, the shaft fixing member K109c in the inserted state is removed from the shaft portion K109a, and then the notch K109a2 side with the letter "C" is attached. The protrusion of the shaft fixing member K109c can be re-engaged with the engagement hole K109a1 of the shaft fixing member K109a1.

As shown in FIG. 53, the bearing member K109b has a cylindrical body K109b2 having an inner diameter larger than that of the circular hole K109b4 on the front surface of the L-shaped base portion K109b1 and the circular hole K109b4 transparently formed on the rear surface of the base portion K109b1. Attached, the front surface of the cylindrical body K109b2 is processed into an arc shape in a vertical cross section along the peripheral surface of the cylinder. Further, a cylindrical body K109b3 in the left-right direction through which the shaft portion K109a can be inserted and rotated is integrally attached to the right side surface of the base portion K109b1.

Then, the cylindrical body K109b2 is aligned and arranged in a through hole K116 (see FIG. 57) having a female screw whose rear surface of the base portion K109b1 is transparent to a position substantially at the center of the left half lower end portion of the support plate KYb. Inside the K109b2, the rear surface of the base K109b1 is screwed into the through hole K116 of the support plate KYb, and the rear surface of the base K109b1 is fixed to the support plate KYb. The shaft portion K109a can be inserted into the cylindrical body K109b3 on the right side of the base portion K109b1 fixed to the support plate KYb. Here, the left-right length L3 of the shaft portion K109a shown in FIG. 56 is set longer than the left-right length L4 of the cylindrical body K109b3 shown in FIG. 53 (L3> L4).

As shown in FIG. 55, the shaft fixing member K109c has an outer diameter slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the shaft portion K109a, and has a cylindrical insertion portion K109c1 inserted inside the shaft portion K108a and an outer diameter of the shaft portion K108a. It has a slightly larger outer diameter and includes a cylindrical grip portion K109c2 integrally formed at the right end of the insertion portion K108c1. An outward protrusion K109c3 is formed on the outer periphery of the insertion portion K109c1, and the protrusion K109c3 engages with the engagement hole K109a1 of the shaft portion K109a when the insertion portion K109c1 is inserted into the shaft portion K109a. The insertion portion K109c1 of the fixing member K109c is restricted from coming off from the shaft portion K109a. Further, the grip portion K109c2 is arranged directly above the through hole K116, and the screw screwed into the through hole K116 cannot be operated unless the shaft fixing member K109c is removed from the shaft portion K109a.

Further, on the peripheral surface of the grip portion K109c2 and on the same bus as the insertion portion K109c1, the engraved K109c4 with the letter "L" representing "left" is formed, and the left end surface of the grip portion K109c2 with the protrusion K109c3. A notch K109c5 is formed at a position on the line connecting the engraved K109c4, and as shown in FIG. S, the insertion portion K109c1 is inserted into the through hole K102b10 of the shaft portion K109 and the right frame portion K102b9 to engage the shaft portion K109a. When the protrusion K109c3 is engaged with the hole K109a1, the characters "B" and "C" on the shaft portion K109a side are shown to the outside while the other is hidden to make it invisible from the outside and used incorrectly. Caulking other than inside (cutting C while using B) is prevented.

By the way, the first and second substrate cases K102, in a state where the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are electrically connected to the upper left end of the front surface of the second substrate case K102 by fitting, A locking portion K117 is provided to hold the K102 at an accommodation position facing the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY. The locking portion K117 is arranged at a position farther from the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 with respect to the swivel shaft portion K107.

The locking portion K117 comprises, for example, a well-known combination of a grommet and a plunger called Nylatch®. More specifically, as shown in FIGS. 38 to 42 and 57, a receiving portion K117a having a substantially square columnar outer shape is provided at the upper left end of the support plate KYb so as to project forward. A grommet (not shown) of a nylac is embedded inside, and an opening K117b into which the tip of a plunger, which will be described later, is inserted is formed on the front surface of the receiving portion K117a. Further, a through hole K117c is transparently provided in the upper left end portion of the upper left extending portion K102a5 of the lid member K102a of the second substrate case K102, and the plunger K117d of the nylac is fitted and inserted into the through hole K117c from the front. Has been done.

Here, as shown in FIG. 40, in the plunger K117d, a cylindrical body K117d2 is integrally formed on the rear side of the flange K117d1 at the front end, and another flange K117d3 is integrally formed in the middle of the cylindrical body K117d2. The plunger K117d is movably mounted in the through hole K117c so that the flanges K117d1 and K117d3 sandwich the upper left extension portion K102a5 in the front-rear direction, and the thick tip portion of the cylindrical body K117d2 is attached to the receiving portion K117a via the opening K117b. The second substrate case K102 is held in a housing position facing the support plate KYb by being inserted into the grommet and detachably fitted to the grommet, and by fitting the plunger K117d to the grommet. At this time, if the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are fitted and electrically connected, the first substrate case K101 is also held in the accommodation position together with the second substrate case K102.

On the other hand, when the flange K117d1 at the front end of the plunger K117d is pulled and the tip of the cylindrical body K117d2 is pulled out from the grommet in the receiving portion K117a, the second substrate case K102 is switched to a swivel state from the accommodation position. At this time, if the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are fitted and electrically connected, the first substrate case K101 also switches to a swirlable state together with the second substrate case K102. ..

Next, the assembly of the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 and the assembly to the support plate KYb will be described mainly with reference to the exploded perspective view of the substrate case of FIG. 40.

As shown in FIG. 40, the main control board 100 and the number of medals control board 300 are housed in the first and second board cases K101 and K102, respectively, and the sealing stickers K101d and K102d (see FIG. 38) are attached respectively. The first and second connector portions K103 and K104, which are sealed and exposed from the first and second board cases K101 and K102, are fitted to each other, and both control boards MK and HK are electrically connected to each other. After the two extension pieces K105 on the board case K102 side of the above are fixed to the first board case K101 by screws K106 and the first and second board cases K102 and K102 are connected, the first swivel shaft portion K108 The base portion K108b1 of the bearing member K108b of the bearing member K108b is screwed and fixed to the support plate KYb, and the base portion K109b1 of the bearing member K109b of the second swivel shaft portion K109 is screwed and fixed to the support plate KYb. The shaft portion K108a is inserted into the cylindrical body K108b3 of the bearing member K108b of the swivel shaft portion K108 from the left, and the shaft portion K109a is inserted into the cylindrical body K109b3 of the bearing member K109b of the second swivel shaft portion K109 from the right. It is inserted.

At this time, the other shaft portions K110 and K113 of the first and second substrate cases K102 and K102 are fitted into the concave grooves K111a and K114a of the support portions K111 and K114 of the support plate KYb shown in FIG. 57, respectively. Therefore (see FIG. 38), the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are attached in a state of being rotatably supported by the support plate KYb. In this way, each of the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109 attaches the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 to the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY, so that the first swivel shaft portion The K108 and the second swivel shaft portion K109 constitute a "first mounting means" and a "second mounting means".

Further, as described above, after the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are supported by the support plate KYb in a swivel state, the thick tip portion of the cylindrical body K117d2 of the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 is formed. The first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are attached to the inner surface of the housing KY by being pushed into the receiving portion K117a of the support plate KYb and fitting the tip of the cylindrical body K117d2 to the grommet in the receiving portion K117a. It is arranged at a storage position facing the support plate KYb.

On the other hand, with the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 attached to the accommodation positions facing the support plate KYb, the flange K117d1 at the front end of the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 is pulled forward, and the plunger K117d is pulled forward. When the tip of the cylindrical body K117d2 is pulled out from the grommet in the receiving portion K117a, the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 can be swiveled around the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109. If the state is switched and the fitting states of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are further released as shown in FIGS. 41 and 42, the first board case K101 and the second board case are released. It is possible to turn the K102 at different turning angles.

At this time, when only the second substrate case K102 is swiveled, a finger or the like is hooked on the upper left extending portion K102a5 and the upper portion of the second substrate case K102 is swiveled forward to perform the first and second When the first and second board cases K101 and K102 in the fitted state of the connector portions K103 and K104 are swiveled together, a finger or the like is hooked on the upper right extension portion K101a5 or the upper left extension portion K102a5. The upper portions of the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are swiveled forward. Further, the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 can be swiveled by pulling the flange K117d1 of the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117. In this case, the locking portion K117 serves as a swivel operation unit. Fulfill. Since the extension piece K105 is located on the front side of the first substrate case K101, it is not possible to rotate only the first substrate case K101.

Since the locking portion K117 is arranged at a position farther from the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 with respect to the swivel shaft portion K107, the flange K117d1 at the front end of the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 is used. Even if an external force is applied to the locking portion K117 when the first and second substrate cases K102 and K102 are turned from the above accommodating position by pulling, the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are the locking portions. Since it is located closer to the swivel shaft portion K107 than K117, the stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 that are connected by fitting can be small, and the stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103 is small. , K104 pin damage and the like can be prevented.

By the way, in a state where the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are attached to the accommodation positions facing the support plate KYb by the locking portion K117, the two extension pieces K105 on the second substrate case K102 side are attached. When the screws K106 fixed to the first board case K101 are removed, the tip of an instrument such as a flat-blade driver is inserted into the recess K112, and the boundary portion between the first and second board cases K101 and K102 is expanded. As shown in FIG. U, the shaft portion K110 of the first substrate case K101 slides the support portion K111 of the support plate KYb to the right, and at the same time, the shaft portion K108a of the first substrate case K101 is attached to the support plate KYb. The inside of the cylindrical body K108b3 of the fixed bearing member K108b is moved to the right.

Then, the first substrate case K101 moves relative to the support plate KYb by the amount of movement ΔL, and a gap is formed between the first substrate case K101 and the second substrate case K102. If the movement amount ΔL at this time is set to be larger than the amount at which the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are disengaged, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 are swiveled. Even without it, the parts hidden behind the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be seen from the front. Moreover, by releasing the locked state by the locking portion K117, the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 can be swiveled at different turning angles.

In this way, when the first substrate case K101 is configured to be immovable, the first and second substrate cases must be destroyed by the B and C caulking by the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109. The connector portions K103 and K104 of the above cannot be unfitted, but the first board case K101 is configured to be movable in the left-right direction, so that the extension pieces K105 and the first board on the second board case K102 side can be moved. By removing the screw K106 that fixes the case K101, the first board case K101 can be moved to the right without being destroyed, and the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be disfitted. Therefore, the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are attached to the support plates KYb by the shaft portions K108a and K110 on the first substrate case K101 side, the cylindrical body K108b3 of the bearing member K108b, and the support portion K111 of the support plate KYb. A "movement permitting means" is configured that allows the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 to move in the direction of disengaging the fit while maintaining the state.

Here, since the recess K112 is formed at a position where the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 in the fitted state overlap each other in front view, a device such as a flat-blade screwdriver is inserted into the recess K112 to insert the first and first recesses. When moving the connector portions K103 and K104 of No. 2 in the direction of releasing the fitting, an external force for releasing the fitting can be applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 almost evenly. , It is possible to prevent damage to the pins of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104.

(Confirmation of incorrect parts of connector connection (BtoB connection))
As shown in FIG. 59 (a), the housing K103H of the first connector portion K103 mounted on the main control board 100 has a concave shape having a rectangular opening. Further, the recess of the housing K103H of the first connector portion K103 has a rectangular bottom surface K103Ha and four side surfaces K103Hb extending in the direction perpendicular to the bottom surface K103Ha from the edge of the bottom surface K103Ha. Further, in a state where the first connector portion K103 is mounted on the main control board 100, a position where a part of the housing K103H protrudes outward from the edge of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 (a position offset to the outside). ) Is placed.

As shown in FIG. 59 (b), the housing K104H of the second connector portion K104 mounted on the medal number control board 300 has a convex shape that fits with the concave portion of the housing K103H on the main control board 100 side. The convex portion of the housing K104H of the second connector portion K104 is in contact with the bottom surface K103Ha of the housing K103H of the first connector portion K103 in a state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are connected. It has a surface K104Ha and four side surfaces K104Hb extending in a direction perpendicular to the contact surface K104Ha from the edge of the contact surface K104Ha. Further, in a state where the second connector portion K104 is mounted on the medal number control board 300, a part of the housing K104H protrudes outward from the edge of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 (offset to the outside). It is placed at the position where it was placed.

In a state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are connected, in the cross section taken along the line CC of FIG. 61, as shown in FIG. 60, the housing K103H (first connector portion K103) is It has a U-shape, and the bottom surface K103Ha is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300. Two of the four side surfaces K103Hb are arranged in a direction parallel to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300, and the remaining two are both of both control boards 100 and 300. It is arranged in the direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa. Further, in a state where both connector portions K103 and K103 are connected, the main control board 100 (mounting surface MKa) and the medal number control board 300 (mounting surface HKa) are arranged on substantially the same plane. Note that the substrate case KC (first substrate case K101, second substrate case K102) is not shown in FIG. 61, and the substrate case KC omitted in FIG. 61 is shown in FIG. 60.

In a state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are connected, in the cross section taken along the line CC of FIG. 61, as shown in FIG. 60, the housing K104H (second connector portion K104) is The contact surface K104Ha has a rectangular shape that fits with the recess of the housing K103H, and is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300. Two of the four side surfaces K104Hb are arranged in a direction parallel to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300, and the remaining two are both of both control boards 100 and 300. It is arranged in the direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa.

Further, in a state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are connected, the connecting portion RK, which is a portion where both housings K103H and K104H are fitted, is formed on the mounting surface MKa (or HKa). When viewed from a direction perpendicular to the main control board 100 (or the number of medals control board 300), the main control board 100 (or the medal number control board 300) is arranged at a position offset outward from the edge. In other words, the connecting portion RK is arranged between the two control boards 100 and 300 arranged on the same plane with a predetermined gap when viewed from a direction perpendicular to the mounting surface MKa (or HKa). Will be done.

According to the connection configuration of both connector portions K103 and K104, the connection / disconnection direction is the direction perpendicular to the bottom surface K103Ha (arrow KA in FIG. 59 (a)) or the direction perpendicular to the contact surface K104Ha. (Arrow KB in FIG. 59 (b)), and these directions KA and KB are in directions parallel to the mounting surface MKa (mounting surface HKa) of the main control board 100 (medal number control board 300).

As shown in FIG. 60, when both connector portions K103 and K104 are connected, an illegal component or the like is inserted in the gap SA between the two control boards 100 and 300 on the back side of the connecting portion RK (the side facing the support plate KYb). Can be placed. However, when both substrate cases K101 and K102 are fixed to the support plate KYb and the housing KY is viewed from the front, the back side (gap SA) of the connecting portion RK of both connector portions K103 and K104 becomes a blind spot. Further, in the state where both connector portions K103 and K104 are connected, both board cases K101 and K102 are connected with almost no gap at the boundary as shown in FIG. 42. Therefore, both control boards 100 and 300 are connected. Even if the connecting portion RK is viewed from the back side (the back side opposite to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa), the visibility is poor due to the wall thickness of the board cases K101 and K102, and it is not easy to find them by inspection.

As shown in FIG. 61, a plurality of LED lamps La (10 in this embodiment) are mounted on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 in the vicinity of the first connector portion K103. Each LED lamp La is arranged in 2 rows and 5 columns, and the row direction is substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the main control board 100, and the column direction is substantially parallel to the lateral direction of the main control board 100. .. A part of each LED lamp La is arranged at a position where it does not overlap with both connector portions K103 and 104 when viewed from a direction parallel to the connection / disconnection direction of both connector portions K103 and K104. When viewed from a direction parallel to the connection / disconnection direction of both connector portions K103 and K104, the position that does not overlap with both connector portions K103 and 104 is a position that deviates from the area JA in FIG.

In this embodiment, each LED lamp La is a lamp for confirming whether or not the operating means and the like can operate normally, but if it can be a light source, it is not particularly limited. Absent.

When the board case KC is attached to the support plate KYb in the case KY and the case KY is viewed from the front, the board cases KC in which the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa of both control boards 100 and 300 are transparent. It looks through. At this time, the direction perpendicular to the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa and the line-of-sight direction are substantially parallel, and the mounting surfaces MKa and HKa can be visually recognized as shown in FIG. At this time, the gap SA that can hide the illegal part becomes a blind spot. On the other hand, when the gap SA is viewed from the arrow CA or CB (line-of-sight direction) in FIG. 61, the housings K103H and K104H of both connector portions K103 and K104 do not interfere and the gap SA can be visually recognized. Further, in the line-of-sight direction (arrow CA or CB), the thickness of the substrate case KC is small (the direction in which the substrate case KC does not overlap with the resin is small), so that the gap SA is easily visible. Further, in this embodiment, in a state where both substrate cases K101 and K102 are attached to the support plate KYb, the swivel axis is parallel to the left-right direction (x direction) and below both substrate cases K101 and K102 (z). Direction). Therefore, the gap SA can be more easily confirmed from the arrow CA than from the arrow CB.

Therefore, in this embodiment, each LED lamp La is located at a position farther from the swivel axis than both connector portions K103 and K104 in the connected state in the direction perpendicular to the swivel axis (Z direction). Have been placed. In other words, the LED lamp La that is out of the area Ja is arranged not on the lower side (lower side in the z direction) of the area Ja but on the upper side (upper side in the z direction). If each LED lamp La is removed from the lower side (lower side in the z direction) of the area Ja when the confirmation direction is the arrow CA, the projections of both connector portions K103 and K104 are applied to the gap SA and visually recognized. There is a risk of reduced sex.

In this embodiment, all the LED lamps La are arranged so as to be offset from the area JA, but some of them may be arranged so as to be offset from the area JA. Also at this time, it is preferable to displace the arrangement closer to the confirmation direction CA. Further, by arranging at least a part of the LED lamps La so as to be offset from the area JA, the back surface of the medal number control board 300 (opposite to the mounting surface HKa) when the light of the LED lamps La turns the substrate cases K101 and K102. Since it wraps around to the side surface), it is easy to check the back surface.

As shown in FIG. 61, the resistance component Ra is mounted on the main control board 100 in addition to the LED lamp La. The resistor component Ra is a non-light emitting body, and a plurality of resistors are arranged in an array. Further, the resistance component Ra is formed of a material that is opaque and has no light transmission or has low light transmission. Further, the resistance component Ra is arranged adjacent to each LED lamp La, and is arranged at a position interposed between the resistance component Ra and each LED lamp La when the connecting portion RK is viewed from the confirmation direction CA. Further, as shown in FIG. 62, the height H2 of the resistance component Ra from the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 is higher than the height H1 of each LED lamp La from the mounting surface MKa. Therefore, the resistance component Ra can prevent the light of the LED lamp La from directly entering the eyes and hindering the inspection of the gap SA while the light of the LED lamp La illuminates the gap SA when viewed from the confirmation direction CA.

When the connecting portion RK is viewed from the confirmation direction CA, the component interposed between the connecting portion RK and the light source (each LED lamp La) is not limited to the resistance component Ra. Further, the height H2 of the intervening component may be equal to or higher than the height H1 of the LED lamp La (H2 ≧ H1).

Further, in this embodiment, the case where the main control board 100 (mounting surface MKa) and the medal number control board 300 (mounting surface HKa) are arranged side by side on substantially the same plane and are connected by BtoB has been described. For example, the medal number control board 300 may be BtoB-connected with respect to the main control board 100 in a state of being tilted at 90 °.

Next, the first connector portion K103 of the main control board 100 and the second connector portion K104 of the medal number control board 300 are provided on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 in a state of being fitted at a regular position. The positional relationship between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 provided on the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 will be described with reference to FIG. 63 (a). Note that, in FIG. 63A, only some of the components including the main control CPU 101 among the plurality of components mounted on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 are shown, and the mounting surface of the medal number control board 300 is shown. Of the plurality of parts mounted on the HKa, only some parts including the medal number control CPU 301 are shown, and the same is true in FIG. 63 (b).

As shown in FIG. 63 (a), the slot machine SM has a slot machine SM.
Main control board 100 and
A first board case K101 containing the main control board 100 (not shown in FIG. 63 (a): see FIG. 38) and
The main control CPU 101, which is provided on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 and performs the first control related to the progress of the game,
The first connector portion K103 provided on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 and
Medal number control board 300 and
A second substrate case K102 containing the medal number control substrate 300 (not shown in FIG. 63 (a): see FIG. 38) and
A medal number control CPU 301, which is provided on the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 and performs a second control in cooperation with the first control by the main control CPU 101,
A second connector portion K104 provided on the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 and fitted with the first connector portion K103, and
Support plate KYb (not shown in FIG. 63 (a): see FIG. 38)
And. The support plate KYb is attached to the upper part of the back plate KYa of the housing KY on the inner surface side, and the first substrate case K101 is in a state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted to each other. And the second substrate case K102 can be supported. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 61, in a state where the first substrate case K101 and the second substrate case K102 are attached to the support plate KYb, the swivel axis is parallel to the left-right direction (x direction). Therefore, it is located below (z direction) the first substrate case K101 and the second substrate case K102.

The first connector portion K103 is provided at a position corresponding to the first side K301 of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and in this embodiment, it is opposite to the main control CPU 101 among the ends of the first side K301. It is provided near the end on the side. The arrangement position of the first connector portion K103 is not limited to the position, and may be a position near the end on the main control CPU 101 side of the end of the first side K301. It may be a position other than the vicinity of the end of the first side K301.

Further, the second connector portion K104 is provided at a position corresponding to the second side K303 of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300, and in this embodiment, the number of medals in the end portion of the second side K303. It is provided at a position near the end on the opposite side of the control CPU 301. The arrangement position of the second connector portion K104 is not limited to the position, and may be a position near the end of the second side K303 on the medal number control CPU 301 side. , The position of the second side K303 other than the vicinity of the end may be used.

The main control CPU 101 mounted on the main control board 100 has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and the medal number control CPU 301 mounted on the medal number control board 300 , The mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the vertical direction. In this embodiment, the main control CPU 101 viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 and the medal number control CPU 301 viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 are substantially the same size. The main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 have the same shape, and are DIP products having the same package structure with the same number of legs and the same package size (the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 have the same performance. Can be the same or different). The main control CPU 101 viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 and the medal number control CPU 301 viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 have similar shapes having different sizes. (The performance of the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 may be the same or different).

Below, the mounting surface MKa and the number of medals of the main control board 100 of the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in a state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted at regular positions are controlled. The arrangement position of the substrate 300 with respect to the mounting surface HKa will be described.

As shown in FIG. 63A, in a state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted at regular positions, the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 or the number of medals control board 300 When viewed from the vertical direction of the mounting surface HKa, the first rectangular side K311 that does not face the first side K301 of the rectangular sides of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side of the medal number control CPU 301. The main control CPU 101 is arranged on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 so that the second rectangular side K313 that does not face the side K303 is substantially parallel to each other, and the medal number control CPU 301 is the medal number control board 300. It is arranged on the mounting surface HKa. As shown in FIG. 63 (a), the first rectangular side K311 is the long side of the main control CPU 101 having a substantially rectangular shape, and the second rectangular side K313 is the length of the medal number control CPU 301 having a substantially rectangular shape. It is a side. Even if the first rectangular side K311 is a short side of the main control CPU 101 having a substantially rectangular shape, and the second rectangular side K313 is deformed to be a short side of the medal number control CPU 301 having a substantially rectangular shape. Good.

Further, as shown in FIG. 63A, when viewed from a direction parallel to the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 (viewed from the direction of the arrow in the figure), the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 There are overlapping areas between them (see K315 in FIG. 63 (a)). In addition, when the overlapping area exists between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, the first rectangular side K311 of the first rectangular side K311 and the second rectangular side K313 is formed. It is preferable that the deviation width in the direction perpendicular to is small, and the deviation width is set to, for example, 1/10 or less of the length of the short side of the main control CPU 101 (including the case where there is no deviation). It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to this, and it is sufficient that overlapping regions exist.

Further, as shown in FIG. 63A, the main control CPU 101 has a first side K301 of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 in a direction perpendicular to the first side K301, rather than the center (dotted line K317). It is arranged in the region MKaa on the opposite side of the above (the region is on the right side of the dotted line K317 in FIG. 63 (a)). Further, as shown in FIG. 63A, the medal number control CPU 301 is second than the center (dotted line K319) in the direction perpendicular to the second side K303 of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300. The entire area is not arranged in the area HKaa on the side opposite to the side K303 (the area is on the left side of the dotted line K319 in FIG. 63 (a)). In addition to arranging the main control CPU 101 in the area MKaa (the area is on the right side of the dotted line K317 in FIG. 63A) of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, the medal number control CPU 301 controls the number of medals. It may be arranged in the region HKaa of the mounting surface HKa of the substrate 300 (the region is on the left side of the dotted line K319 in FIG. 63 (a)). Further, the main control CPU 101 is not arranged in the area MKaa (the area is on the right side of the dotted line K317 in FIG. 63A) of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and the medal number control CPU 301 is placed on the medal number control board 300. The area HKaa (the area is on the left side of the dotted line K319 in FIG. 63A) may be arranged on the mounting surface HKa.

Further, as shown in FIG. 63A, the main control CPU 101 has a third side K302 of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 with respect to the center (dotted line K321) in the direction parallel to the first side K301. It is arranged in the region MKab on the opposite side of the above (the region is above the dotted line K321 in FIG. 63 (a)). Further, as shown in FIG. 63A, the medal number control CPU 301 is fourth than the center (dotted line K321) in the direction parallel to the second side K303 of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300. It is arranged in the region HKab on the side opposite to the side K304 (the region is above the dotted line K321 in FIG. 63 (a)). The main control CPU 101 is not arranged in the area MKab (the area is above the dotted line K321 in FIG. 63A) of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100, and the medal number control CPU 301 is placed on the medal number control board 300. It may not be arranged in the area HKab (the area is above the dotted line K321 in FIG. 63 (a)) of the mounting surface HKa of the above.

In a state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted in a regular position, when the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 have the above-mentioned arrangement relationship, the first connector portion K103 and the first connector portion K103 When the second connector portion K104 is not fitted at a proper position (when it is fitted misaligned), as shown in FIG. 63B, the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the number of medals are controlled. The second rectangular side K313 of the CPU 301 is tilted with respect to one side.

When the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted in a normal position without tilting, the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 If is in the positional relationship shown in FIG. 63A, the first rectangular side of the main control CPU 101 is fitted when the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted at the normal positions without being tilted. The K311 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 are parallel to each other (see FIG. 63A), but the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are tilted from their regular positions. When they are fitted together, the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 are not parallel to each other (see FIG. 63 (b)).

When viewed from a direction parallel to the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 (viewed from the direction of the arrow in the figure), there is an overlapping area between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 (FIG. (Refer to K315 in 63 (a)) When there is a positional relationship, it is confirmed whether the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 are parallel or not. Becomes easier. As a result, it becomes easy to confirm whether the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted at the regular position without being tilted or are fitted at a deviation from the regular position.

Further, the larger the distance between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted, the larger the distance between the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104. When the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 are fitted and tilted from the normal position, the deviation from the parallel state becomes large. Therefore, the main control CPU 101 is arranged in the area MKaa of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 on the side opposite to the first side K301 from the center (dotted line K317) in the direction perpendicular to the first side K301. By increasing the distance between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted at the regular positions without tilting, or from the regular positions. It is even easier to check if they are misaligned and fitted.

Further, the closer the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are to the end of the first side K301 and the end of the second side K303, the closer the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are. When the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the number of medals control CPU 301 are fitted and tilted from the normal position, the deviation from the parallel state becomes large. Therefore, by arranging the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 at the end of the first side K301 and the end of the second side K303, the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K103 can be arranged. It becomes easier to confirm whether the connector portion K104 is fitted at the normal position without tilting or is fitted at a position deviated from the normal position.

From the above, according to this embodiment, the transmission of the telegram "game machine information notification" storing "hole control / fraud monitoring information" and the like from the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM to the external card unit CU is predetermined. It is performed at the first transmission timing in the cycle of. Further, between the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM and the medal number control CPU 301, the communication related to the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" and the like stored in the telegram "game machine information notification" is the first communication in a predetermined cycle. Corresponding to the transmission timing, the communication timing is performed prior to the first transmission timing. Therefore, unnecessary communication is not performed at a timing that does not correspond to the first transmission timing. In addition, the "game machine information" used by the clerk to monitor errors and fraud is periodically sent to the card unit CU, enabling the clerk to respond appropriately and promptly to errors and fraud. Become. Further, between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, when the trigger for moving the pseudo medal occurs, the movement of the pseudo medal does not wait for the first first transmission timing or request timing after the trigger occurs. Communication is performed to move the amount. Therefore, the pseudo medals for the movement amount can be moved between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 without delay without waiting time after the trigger for the movement of the pseudo medals occurs, and the main control CPU 101 can be moved. It is possible to avoid giving the player a feeling of frustration that the progress of the game is delayed due to the movement of the pseudo medal between the medal number control CPU 301 and the medal number control CPU 301. In this way, communication of the telegram "game machine information notification" storing "hole control / fraud monitoring information" and the like between the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM and the external card unit CU, and the telegram "game machine information" Communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the main control CPU 101 related to the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" stored in the "notification", and between the medal number control CPU 301 and the main control CPU 101 related to the movement of pseudo medals. Communication can be appropriately controlled according to the information transmitted and received in each communication.

In addition, the first communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the main control CPU 101 that communicates the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" stored in the telegram "game machine information notification" is requested from the medal number control CPU 301 side. Since it starts, it becomes easy to adjust the timing of performing the first communication to the timing based on the timing of the first transmission to the card unit CU. Further, since it is possible to avoid occupying the processing between the medal number control CPU 301 and the main control CPU 101 due to the first communication performing extra communication, it is possible to use the game between the main control device and the game value control device. After the opportunity for value transfer occurs, the second communication can be started early without any waiting time.

Further, when the medal number control CPU 301 receives the number of medals used (consumed) in one game (value of the number of inserted CT11) from the main control CPU101, if the number of medals received is not the set allowable number of inserted medals, an abnormality such as fraud is abnormal. Is detected, and in such a case, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of inputs in one game) is performed, so that the occurrence of an abnormality such as this fraud can be easily detected. Further, when the medal number control CPU 301 receives the number of medals to be paid out in one game (value of the payout number CT12) from the main control CPU 101, if the number of medals received is not the set allowable number of medals to be paid out, an abnormality such as fraud has occurred. Since the state is detected and a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of payouts in one game) is performed in such a case, the occurrence of an abnormality such as this fraud can be easily detected.

Further, between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, transmission / reception of signals (for example, insertion processing request signal and insertion processing response signal) relating to the type of movement (insertion, settlement, payout) of one pseudo medal is transmitted / received. In the movement of one pseudo medal, which is performed after the processing is completed, the processing is started from the main control CPU 101 side regardless of whether the pseudo medal is inserted, settled (cancellation of insertion), or paid out, and the first processing completion signal is sent. Is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" and a predetermined one of CT11 to CT16 is updated, and the medal number control CPU 301 receives that the first processing completion signal has changed from "OFF" to "ON". Then, the second processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON", and a predetermined one of CT30 to CT32 is updated. Contrary to the embodiment, in the movement of one pseudo medal, the process is started from the medal number control CPU 301 side regardless of the insertion, settlement (cancellation of insertion), and withdrawal of the pseudo medal, and the second processing completion signal. Is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" and a predetermined one of CT30 to CT32 is updated, and the main control CPU 101 receives that the second processing completion signal has changed from "OFF" to "ON". , When the first processing completion signal is inverted from "OFF" to "ON" and a predetermined one of CT11 to CT16 is updated, the medal number control CPU 301 is stored in the memory 302 depending on the timing of occurrence of an error or the like. Even though the number of game medals stored and managed (the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player) has increased or decreased, the corresponding one of the insertion, settlement, and payout of pseudo medals has not been determined. By doing so, a situation occurs in which the player or the hall is given a profit or loss other than the game. On the other hand, according to the embodiment, the number of game medals (the number of pseudo medals possessed by the player) that the medal number control CPU 301 stores and manages in the memory 302 increases or decreases regardless of the timing of occurrence of an error or the like. In that case, the corresponding ones of the insertion, settlement, and payout of pseudo medals will be confirmed, and there will be no situation in which the player or the hall is given a profit or loss other than the game. In this respect, the order of processing of the embodiment is superior to the order of processing opposite to that of the embodiment.

Further, in the movement type (insertion, settlement, payout) of one pseudo medal between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 and the movement of one pseudo medal, the main control CPU 101 and the number of medals are controlled. The CPU 301 starts processing corresponding to the two signals that the other party controls "ON" and "OFF", respectively, when the two signals are changed from "OFF" to "ON". Therefore, only the main control CPU 101 may proceed with the processing when the processing of the medal number control CPU 301 has not progressed, or only the medal number control CPU 301 may proceed with the processing when the processing of the main control CPU 101 has not progressed. Instead, the update of CT11 to CT16 in the main control CPU 101 and the update of CT30 to CT32 in the medal number control CPU 301 can be made consistent.

Further, the main control CPU 101 updates a predetermined CT among CT11 to CT16 after changing the first processing completion signal from "OFF" to "ON", and the medal number control CPU 301 sets the second processing completion signal to "OFF". After turning "ON", a predetermined CT among CT30 to CT32 is updated. In this case, as compared with the case where the first processing completion signal is changed from "OFF" to "ON" after updating a predetermined CT among CT11 to CT16, in the medal number control CPU 301, the main control CPU 101 has the CT11 to CT16. It is possible to start the update process of the predetermined CT among the CT30 to CT32 at an early stage after starting the update of the predetermined CT. Therefore, for example, consistency is achieved between the update processing of CT11 to CT16 of the main control CPU 101 and the update processing of CT30 to CT32 of the medal number control CPU 301, and the processing request signal such as the input processing request signal is set to "ON". When the first processing completion signal is changed from "OFF" to "ON" after re-inverting from "OFF" to "OFF" and then updating a predetermined CT among CT11 to CT16, CT11 to CT16 of the main control CPU 101 There is a possibility that the consistency can be achieved even for an error or the like at an early stage where the consistency cannot be achieved between the update process of the above and the update process of the CT30 to CT32 of the medal number control CPU 301. , It is possible to suppress the adverse effect on the player and the hall.

Further, when the medal number control CPU 301 receives the value of the comparative inserted medal number CT15 from the main control CPU 101, the subtraction result obtained by subtracting the value of the inserted medal number CT31 from the received value of the comparative inserted medal number CT15 is “-1”. ~ If it is not within the range of "1", it is detected that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred, and in such a case, a predetermined notification (for example, from the previous transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information") Since the notification of the abnormality of the input number until the transmission of the "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is performed), the occurrence of an abnormality such as fraud can be easily detected.

Further, when the medal number control CPU 301 receives the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 from the main control CPU 101, the subtraction result obtained by subtracting the value of the payout medal number CT32 from the received value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 is "0". If it is not within the range of "1", it is detected that an abnormality such as fraud has occurred, and in such a case, a predetermined notification (for example, from the previous transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" to this time) It is possible to easily detect the occurrence of anomalies such as fraud because the notification of anomalies in the number of payouts is performed until the transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information".

Further, when viewed from a direction parallel to the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 (viewed from the direction of the arrow in FIG. 63A), the main control CPU 101 overlaps with the number of medals control CPU 301. When the area exists (see K315 in FIG. 63A), whether the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301 are parallel to each other. It will be easier to check if it is not. As a result, it can be easily confirmed by moving the line of sight whether the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted at the regular positions without being tilted or tilted.

Further, since the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 perform control related to the payout of pseudo medals, the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 are likely to be targets of unauthorized modification, and such a main control CPU 101 and medals. By using the number control CPU 301 as a guide for confirming the fitting of the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104, it is possible to confirm the presence or absence of fraudulent activity and to confirm the presence or absence of fraudulent activity and the first connector portion K103 and the first connector portion K103. It is possible to confirm at the same time whether or not the fitting with the connector portion K104 of No. 2 at a regular position is completed.

Further, when the first rectangular side K311 which is the long side of the first connector portion K103 and the second rectangular side K313 which is the long side of the second connector portion K104 are arranged so as to be parallel to each other, the first Compared to the case where the short side of the connector portion K103 and the short side of the second connector portion K104 are arranged to be parallel to each other, the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are arranged in the second direction. Since the 1-connector portion K103 and the 2nd connector portion K104 become long, the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 are not misaligned (not tilted) or misaligned (tilted) with respect to one side. This makes it easier to confirm whether the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted in a normal position without being tilted or tilted.

Further, the larger the distance between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 in the state where the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted, the larger the distance between the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104. When is tilted and fitted, the deviation from the parallel state becomes large between the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301. Therefore, the main control CPU 101 is arranged in the area MKaa of the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 on the side opposite to the first side K301 from the center (dotted line K317) in the direction perpendicular to the first side K301. By increasing the distance between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301, the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted at the regular positions without tilting, or from the regular positions. It is even easier to check if they are misaligned and fitted.

Further, the closer the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are to the end of the first side K301 and the end of the second side K303, the closer the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are. When is tilted and fitted, the deviation from the parallel state becomes large between the first rectangular side K311 of the main control CPU 101 and the second rectangular side K313 of the medal number control CPU 301. Therefore, by arranging the first connector portion K103 near the end of the first side K301 and the second connector portion K104 near the end of the second side K303, the first connector portion K103 and the first connector portion K103 are arranged. It becomes easier to confirm whether the second connector portion K104 is fitted at the normal position without being tilted or is fitted at a position deviated from the normal position.

Further, in this embodiment, regarding the communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU, "game machine information notification", "counting notification", "lending notification", and "lending receipt response" are transmitted and received by serial communication. The transmission timings are configured so that they do not overlap (see FIG. 17). However, regarding "game machine information notification", there are three types of "game machine information" in the data section: "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information". , One of them is transmitted to the card unit CU as "game machine information" in the data section at the transmission timing of 300 ms cycle, but "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", "hall control / fraud monitoring information" There is a table showing the priority when the transmission timings of "" overlap, and the data is transmitted according to the table showing the priority. Items whose transmission is suspended are transmitted at the transmission timing in the next cycle. Since the "hall computer / fraud monitoring information" is data that reflects the number of games and the increase / decrease in medals on the hall computer, it is necessary to transmit it in a short cycle close to real time, whereas "game machine performance" "Information" and "game machine installation information" are for the purpose of monitoring the performance of the game machine in the medium to long term and checking the replacement of parts of the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU. Since it is sufficient, it is permissible to transmit in a long cycle. Here, if the priority of the short-period information is set high, the short-period information will be transmitted at the timing when the long-period information is transmitted, and the long-period information may not be transmitted. , In this embodiment, the priority of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" having the shortest transmission cycle is set to the lowest. With such a priority, if all the transmission timings of "game machine performance information", "game machine installation information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" overlap, the transmission timing starts from the previous transmission timing. It may take 900 ms by the time. In such a case, for example, the start switch 9 may be operated during 900 ms to stop the reels 6L, 6M, 6R, and the bet switch 7 (or the maximum bet switch 8) of the next game may be operated. is there. In this case, the range (-3 to +3) allowed as the "number of inserted medals" between the transmission timings may be exceeded (see FIG. 34). Therefore, in this embodiment, when the start switch 9 is operated between the previous transmission timing and the transmission timing (when the input completion flag is ON), other items ("game machine performance information", "game" It is configured to transmit "hall control / fraud monitoring information" even if it coincides with the transmission timing of "machine installation information"). According to this configuration, it is possible to prevent the insertion of pseudo medals between the previous transmission timing and the transmission timing in the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" across a plurality of games. Therefore, it is possible to transmit appropriate information within the allowable range (−3 to +3) as the “number of inserted medals” in one game to the card unit CU.

In addition, since the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" includes the "number of medals paid out (see FIG. 12)", the same problem as in the case of the "number of medals inserted" may occur, but the previous transmission If the payout process is completed between the timing and the transmission timing (when the payout completion flag is ON), even if it overlaps with the transmission timing of other items ("game machine performance information", "game machine installation information"). It is configured to send "Hallcon / Fraud monitoring information". According to this configuration, it is possible to prevent the payout of pseudo medals between the previous transmission timing and the transmission timing in the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" across a plurality of games. Therefore, it is possible to transmit appropriate information within the allowable range (0 to +15 medals) as the "number of medals to be paid out" in one game to the card unit CU.

Further, in FIG. 35, all transmissions of "game machine installation information", "game machine performance information", and "hall control / fraud monitoring information" are performed with the input completion flag (or payout completion flag) set to ON. The case where the transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is prioritized when the timings overlap has been described, but in this embodiment, the transmission timing of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information" is "game machine installation information". Although it overlaps with the transmission timing of, it may not overlap with the transmission timing of "game machine performance information". In this case, even if the "game machine installation information" is preferentially transmitted, the transmission interval of the "hall computer / fraud monitoring information" is 600 ms. Since there is little risk of straddling multiple games at 600 ms, in such a case, even if the input completion flag (or payout completion flag) is set to ON, the "game" without giving priority to "hole control / fraud monitoring information" You may send "machine installation information". In this case, while transmitting appropriate information as "number of inserted medals (see FIG. 12)" and "number of paid medals (see FIG. 12)" of one game to the card unit CU, other items ("game machine installation information"). , "Game machine performance information") can be transmitted smoothly.

Further, in this embodiment, when the power supply of the card unit CU is interrupted while the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel are pressed (voltage VL = OFF), the slot is inserted from the card unit CU. When the voltage (VL) is not supplied to the machine SM, the operations of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R are invalidated and the pressing is completed. After that, the first payout processing means 101h performs the payout process. The usable number data (storage means 302a) is rewritten. On the other hand, if the power supply is cut off on the card unit CU side, the information from the slot machine SM cannot be received. Therefore, in the configuration in which "payout information" (see FIGS. 12 and 13) is transmitted after the start of the payout process, the card unit CU is pressed while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are being pressed. When the power supply is interrupted, there is a discrepancy between the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a and the usable number data (storage means 502a) stored on the card unit CU side. However, in this embodiment, when the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are pressed, the determination means 101g makes a determination, and the determination result wins a winning combination for paying out the pseudo medal. If this is the case, "payout information" (see FIGS. 12 and 13) is transmitted to the card unit CU even if the pressing is not completed. Therefore, even if the power supply of the card unit CU is interrupted while the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R on the third stop reel are being held down, the "payout information" is already transmitted to the card unit CU side. It is possible to prevent a discrepancy between the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a and the usable number data stored on the card unit CU side (storage means 502a) (see FIG. 36).

Further, in the operation management means 101p, the voltage VL from the card unit CU is generated when the harness between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU is broken or the power is not turned on to the card unit CU. If it is not supplied, the operation of the operation means (start switch 9, stop switch 10L, 10M, 10R, etc.) related to the progress of the game is invalidated. In this case, as the game proceeds in a state where communication between the slot machine SM and the card unit CU is not possible, the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a and the use stored on the card unit CU side are used. It is possible to prevent a problem that a discrepancy occurs with the possible number of sheets data (storage means 502a).

Further, as shown in FIG. 37, the voltage VL on the slot machine SM side is set for each of the bet switch 7, the maximum bet switch 8, the counting switch 31, the start switch 9, the stop switch 10L, 10M, 10R, and the settlement switch 33. If a circuit (and circuit) that cannot be used unless both the voltage VL on the card unit CU side is supplied, the game progresses reliably when the voltage VL from the card unit CU is not supplied. Since it can be stopped, it is possible to prevent a problem that a discrepancy occurs between the usable number data stored in the storage means 302a and the usable number data stored on the card unit CU side (storage means 502a).

Further, as shown in FIG. 37, means (for example, an AND circuit) that cannot be displayed unless both the voltage VL on the slot machine SM side and the voltage VL on the card unit CU side are supplied to the game medal number display 26. ) Is formed, the usable number data stored on the card unit CU side is not displayed on the game medal number display 26 when the voltage VL from the card unit CU is not supplied. It is possible to prevent the player from feeling distrust because the usable number data displayed on the game medal number display 26 is different.

Further, even if the power supply of the card unit CU is interrupted while the stop switches 10L, 10M, 10R on the third stop reel are pressed and the pressing is continued, in the slot machine SM, the card unit The operation of the stop switches 10L, 10M, and 10R is invalidated based on the fact that the voltage VL from the CU is no longer supplied, and the payout process is performed after the pressing is completed. The usable number data stored in the 502a is rewritten. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from suffering a disadvantage because the power is not supplied only by the card unit CU.

Further, in this embodiment, a part of the LED lamp La mounted on the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 is both when viewed from a direction parallel to the connection / disconnection direction of both connector portions K103 and K104. It is arranged at a position that does not overlap with the connector portions K103 and 104 (position outside the area JA in FIG. 61). Therefore, when the gap SA (see FIG. 60) is viewed from the confirmation direction (arrow CA: see FIG. 61), the light of the LED lamp La outside the area JA is applied to the gap SA, so that the gap SA is hidden. It becomes easy to confirm the illegal parts that have been made.

Further, when both board cases K101 and K102 are swiveled based on the swivel axis, the back side surface of the mounting surface HKa of the medal number control board 300 can be confirmed, but the light of the LED lamp La outside the JA region is the back side surface. It is also easy to check the back side surface of the medal number control board 300 when both board cases K101 and K102 are swiveled.

Further, when the connecting portion RK is viewed from the confirmation direction (arrow CA: see FIG. 61), the resistance component Ra is interposed between each LED lamp La, and the height of the resistance component Ra from the mounting surface MKa is , It is higher than the height from the mounting surface MKa of each LED lamp La. Therefore, when the gap SA is viewed from the confirmation direction (arrow CA: see FIG. 61), it is possible to prevent the light of the LED lamp La from directly entering the eyes and reducing the visibility.

Further, a part of the LED lamp La is arranged in a direction perpendicular to the swivel axis (Z direction) at a position farther from the swivel axis than both connector portions K103 and K104 in the connected state. Therefore, when the connecting portion RK (gap SA) is confirmed from the confirmation direction (arrow CA), the light of the LED lamp La becomes closer and the visibility is improved.

Therefore, according to the above-described embodiment, the fitting of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 is released while maintaining the state in which the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are attached to the support plate KYb. Since it is configured to allow movement in the direction of movement, the first and second substrate cases K101 and the second substrate case K102 are attached to the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY. The connector portions K103 and K104 of the above can be moved in the direction of releasing the fitting. As a result, for example, when a problem such as pinching of foreign matter such as hair or dust in the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 or pinching of an instrument used for so-called goto acts such as illegal wiring is specified, the first By moving the second connector portions K103 and K104 in the disengagement direction to create a gap between the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104, the first and second connector portions K103, The above-mentioned defect occurring in K104 can be easily corrected. Further, by forming a gap between the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, fraudulent acts such as arranging fraudulent parts in positions hidden behind the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be performed. It can be easily found. At this time, the first mounting means, the first mounting means, in which the first swivel shaft portion K108 and the second swivel shaft portion K109 attach the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 to the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY. Since each of them functions as the mounting means of 2, the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be moved in the direction of releasing the fitting.

Further, as a movement permitting means for allowing the movement of the first substrate case K101 in the direction of disengaging the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, the first swivel shaft which is the first mounting means. Part K108 functions to release the fit of the first and second connector parts K103 and K104 while maintaining the mounting state of the first and second board cases K101 and K102 on the inner surface of the game machine housing KY. In order to allow the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 to move more than the amount of movement, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 are kept attached to the inner surface of the game machine housing KY. , The fitting of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be completely released, and the incomplete fitting of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be easily corrected. Moreover, it becomes easy to detect fraudulent acts such as arranging fraudulent parts in positions hidden behind the first and second connector portions K103 and K104. Further, when the first board case K101 is configured to be immovable, the first and second connectors must be destroyed by the B and C caulking by the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109. While the fitting of the parts K103 and K104 cannot be released, the first board case K101 is configured to be movable in the left-right direction, and the movement amount ΔL of the first board case K101 is set to the first and second connector parts. By setting the amount of movement to release the fitting of K103 and K104 or more, the first board case K101 can be moved to the right without being destroyed to fit the first and second connector portions K103 and K104. Can be completely released, and incomplete fitting of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be easily corrected, and the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are hidden behind. It is also possible to easily detect fraudulent activities such as placing fraudulent parts in the same position. Further, even if a defect occurs in either the main control board 100 or the medal number control board 300 and the defective substrate needs to be replaced or verified, the defective substrate can be dealt with. By destroying only the mounting means, etc., it is possible to send the defective board to the manufacturer side in a state of being housed in the board case without breaking the mounting means corresponding to the control board in which the defect has not occurred. It will be possible. Specifically, if a problem occurs in the main control board 100 or the medal number control board 300, the first board case K101 is moved to the right to move the first and second connector portions K103 and K104. Completely release the fit. Then, for example, when a problem occurs in the main control board 100, the notch K108a2 in the shaft portion K108a of the first swivel shaft portion K108, which is the first mounting means, is broken, and the shaft fixing member K108c is removed from the shaft portion K108a. By removing the first substrate case K101, the first substrate case K101 can be moved independently of the second substrate case K102. On the other hand, for example, when a problem occurs in the medal number control board 300, the notch K109a2 in the shaft portion K109a of the second swivel shaft portion K109, which is the second mounting means, is broken, and the shaft fixing member K109c is used as the shaft portion. By removing it from K108a, the second substrate case K102 can be moved independently of the first substrate case K101. Further, since the first board case K101 and the second board case K102 can be swiveled at different swivel angles in a state where the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are disengaged, the first and second board cases K101 and K102 can be swiveled at different swivel angles. The positions hidden behind the second connector portions K103 and K104 can be easily visually observed, and fraudulent acts such as hiding fraudulent parts can be easily detected.

Further, since the recess K112 is formed at the boundary between the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102, the first and second connector portions in the fitted state can be formed by inserting an instrument such as a flat-blade driver into the recess K112. The space between K103 and K104 can be easily expanded in the direction of releasing the fitting.

Further, since the recess K112 is formed at a position where the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 in the fitted state overlap each other in front view, an instrument such as a flat-blade screwdriver is inserted into the recess K112 to insert the first and second connector portions. When the K103 and K104 are moved in the direction of releasing the fitting, an external force for releasing the fitting can be applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 almost evenly. It is possible to prevent damage to the pins of the connector portions K103 and K104 of 2.

Further, when the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are swiveled by hooking a finger or the like on the upper right extension portion K101a5 or the upper left extension portion K102a5, the first and second substrate cases K101a5 are higher than the upper right extension portion K101a5 and the upper left extension portion K102a5. Since the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are arranged close to the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109, the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 are electrically fitted by fitting. Even when the first board case K101 and the second board case K102 are swiveled by applying an operating force to swivel in the connected state, the first board case K101 and the second board case K102 The amount of rotation of either one of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 is smaller than the amount of rotation of either one of the substrate case K102, that is, the displacement is smaller. As a result, the stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be reduced due to the displacement of any one of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, and the stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be reduced. By arranging the first and second connector portions K103 and 104 in the above, the turning amount can be made smaller, so that damage to the pins and the like of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be prevented more effectively. can do.

Further, since the locking portion K117 is arranged at a position farther from the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 with respect to the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109, the first and second By pulling the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 for holding the substrate cases K102 and K102 of the above in the accommodation position facing the support plate KYb on the inner surface of the housing KY, the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 are swiveled. At that time, when a large external force is applied when releasing the locked state between the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 and the grommet on the receiving portion K117a side, a large external force is applied to one of the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 in the turning direction. The stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 close to the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109 can be reduced even when the force of the above is applied, and the stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be reduced. It is possible to prevent damage to the connector portions K103 and K104 of 2. Further, the locked state of the plunger K117d of the locking portion K117 and the grommet on the receiving portion K117a side is released, and the upper right end portion of the first substrate case K101 and the upper left end portion of the second substrate case K102 are swiveled. As a result, even when a force for pulling them toward the front is applied, the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109 are more than the upper right end portion of the first substrate case K101 and the upper left end portion of the second substrate case K102. Since the stress applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 close to the above can be reduced, damage to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be prevented.

The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and various modifications other than those described above can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention.

For example, in the above embodiment, in the sequence of FIGS. 30 to 32, the value of the input number CT11 in step S1307 can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines (defined by rules and the like). It is assumed that a predetermined notification is performed when the number of medals used in one game is not the set allowable input number, and the value of the payout number CT12 can be generally assumed in the slot machine SM and other slot machines (rule). If the number of medals to be paid out in one game is not the set allowable number of medals to be paid out, a predetermined notification is given, but instead, the value of the number of inserted CT11 is the slot machine SM. If the number of medals set as the number of medals used in one game (hereinafter referred to as "unique set input number": corresponds to the "unique set input amount" of the present invention) is not provided, a predetermined notification is given and the payout number CT12. Is determined when the value of is not the number of medals set as the number of medals to be paid out in one game in the slot machine SM (hereinafter, described as "the number of uniquely set payouts": corresponding to the "unique setting grant amount" of the present invention). Notification may be performed, and an example thereof will be described with reference to FIG. 64. In FIG. 64, communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the unit-to-unit transmission / reception means 301e of the medal number control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission / reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501. Communication with the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission / reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the medal number control CPU 301 between the main boards.

When the power of the slot machine SM is turned "ON", the main control CPU 101 of the slot machine SM transmits the unique setting input number and the unique set payout number to the medal number control CPU 301 of the slot machine SM (step S1401), and the medal number control CPU 301. Holds the unique setting input number and the unique setting payout number received from the main control CPU 101 in the memory 302 (step S1402).

In steps S1301 to S1306, the same contents as in steps S1301 to S1306 described with reference to FIG. 30 are carried out.

The medal number control CPU 301 performs the following (process 1) to (process 4) in step S1403.

(Process 1) In the medal number control CPU 301, when the value of the input number CT11 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the value of the input number CT11 is the unique set input number ("2" to "2" in this modification. 3 ”) is confirmed, and if it is not the unique set input number, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the input number in one game) is performed.

(Process 2) In the medal number control CPU 301, when the value of the payout number CT12 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the value of the payout number CT12 is the uniquely set payout number ("1", "1" in this modification. 8 ”and“ 15 ”) are confirmed, and if it is not the uniquely set payout number, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the payout number in one game) is performed.

(Process 3) The medal number control CPU 301 compares the value of the comparative inserted medal number CT15 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the inserted medal number CT31, and calculates the value of the inserted medal number CT31 from the value of the comparative inserted medal number CT15. Check whether the subtracted result is within the range of "-1" to "1", and if it is not within the range, a predetermined notification (for example, from the previous transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information") Notification of abnormalities in the number of inputs before the transmission of "Hallcon / Fraud monitoring information").

(Process 4) The medal number control CPU 301 compares the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the payout medal number CT32, and from the value of the comparative payout medal number CT15 to the value of the payout medal number CT31. Check whether the subtraction result obtained by subtracting is within the range of "0" to "1", and if it is not within the range, a predetermined notification (for example, from the previous transmission of "Hallcon / fraud monitoring information") Notification of abnormalities in the number of payouts until the transmission of "Hallcon / Fraud monitoring information").

In steps S1308 to S1309, the same contents as in steps S1308 to S1309 described with reference to FIG. 30 are carried out.

For example, when the unique set input number and the unique set payout number set in the slot machine SM are a part of the set allowable input number and the set allowable payout number, the input number CT11 and the payout number CT12 are the set allowable input number. An abnormality such as fraud has occurred even if the number of inputs other than the unique set number of inputs or the number of payouts other than the unique set payouts among the set allowable payouts.

According to this configuration, when the number of medals used (consumed) in one game (value of the number of inserted CT11) is received from the main control CPU 101, if the number of medals received is not the uniquely set number of inserted medals, an abnormality such as fraud occurs. In such a case, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of inputs in one game) is performed, so that the occurrence of an abnormality such as this fraud can be easily detected. Further, when the medal number control CPU 301 receives the number of medals to be paid out in one game (value of the payout number CT12) from the main control CPU 101, if the number of medals received is not the uniquely set number of medals to be paid out, an abnormality such as fraud has occurred. Since it is detected that the state is in a state and a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of payouts in one game) is performed in such a case, the occurrence of an abnormality such as this fraud can be easily detected.

Further, when the power is turned on, the number of unique setting inputs and the number of unique setting payouts are transmitted from the main control CPU 101 to the medal number control CPU 301 and held in the memory 302 of the medal number control CPU 301. It is possible to avoid the occurrence of a workload of setting the number in the memory 302 of the medal number control CPU 301.

In the above, when the power is turned on, the main control CPU 101 transmits the unique set input number and the unique set payout number to the medal number control CPU 301, and the medal number control CPU 301 holds the received unique set input number and unique set payout number. However, the number of medals is not limited to this, and for example, when the main control board 100 on which the main control CPU 101 is mounted and the medal number control board 300 on which the medal number control CPU 301 is mounted are attached to the slot machine SM, the number of medals is controlled. The unique setting input number and the unique setting payout number may be set in the memory 302 of the CPU 301.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the movement amount of medals and the number of medals counted by the main control CPU 101 side between the first transmission timings for transmitting the message "game information notification" that stores the continuous "hole control / fraud monitoring information". The comparison is made with the movement amount of medals counted by the control CPU 301 side, but the movement amount of medals counted by the main control CPU 101 side and the movement of medals counted by the control CPU 301 side are not limited to this. A predetermined notification may be performed based on the comparison result by comparing with the amount, and an example thereof will be described with reference to FIGS. 65 to 66. In FIGS. 65 to 66, communication between the medal number control CPU 301 and the unit CPU 501 is realized by the function of the unit-to-unit transmission / reception means 301e of the medal number control CPU 301 and the function of the transmission / reception means 501e of the unit CPU 501. Communication between the control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is realized by the function of the medal management transmission / reception means 101n of the main control CPU 101 and the function of the medal number control CPU 301 between the main boards.

In steps S1501 to S1504, the same contents as in steps S701 to S704 of FIG. 25 are carried out.

When the maximum bet switch 8 is pressed (step S1505), the processes of steps S1506 to S1511 are performed. The processing of steps S1506 to S1509 is the same as that of steps S706 to S709 of FIG. Further, step S1510 has the same contents as that of step S710 of FIG. 25 except that the value of the number of comparatively inserted medals CT15 is added by "+1". Further, step S1511 has the same contents as step S711 of FIG. 25 with the addition of the value of the confirmed input number CT33 by "+1", and the confirmed input number CT33 is input or settled in one game (cancellation of input). This is for managing the number of medals received and comparing it with the number of inserted medals CT11.

The processes of steps S1512 to S1519 are performed. The process of step S1512 has the same contents as that of step S1301 of FIG. Further, the process of step S1513 is the same as that of step S1302 of FIG. 30 excluding the transmission of the comparative input medal number CT15 and the comparative payout medal number CT16. The processing of steps S1514 to S1517 is the same as that of steps S1303 to S1306 of FIG. Further, step S1518 has the same contents as that of step S1308 of FIG. 30 except that the value of the comparative input medal number CT15 and the value of the comparative payout medal number CT16 are set to “0”. Further, step S1519 has the same contents as step S1309 of FIG. The telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" in step S1514 is the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the first "hole control / fraud monitoring information" after the operation of the start switch 9. Therefore, in relation to the telegram "game machine information notification" storing the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" in step S1514, the input number CT11 and the confirmed input number CT33 are not compared.

The processing of steps S152 to S1525 is performed. The processing of steps S152 to S1523 is the same as that of steps S802 to S805 of FIG. Step S1524 has the same contents as that of step S806 of FIG. 25 except that the value of the number of comparatively inserted medals CT15 is added by "+1". Further, step S1525 has the same contents as that of step S807 of FIG. 25 in which the value of the confirmed input number CT33 is added by "+1".

The processes of steps S1526 to S1528 are performed. The processing of steps S1526 to S1528 is the same as that of steps S712 to S714 of FIG.

When the start switch 9 is pressed (step S1529), step S1530 having the same contents as step S712 in FIG. 25 is performed.

In steps S1531 to S1536, the same processing as in steps S1512 to S1517 is performed.

The medal number control CPU 301 stores the telegram "hall control / fraud monitoring information" in step S1533, and the telegram "game machine information notification" stores the first "hole control / fraud monitoring information" after the operation of the start switch 9. Since it is "game machine information notification", the following (process 1) to (process 3) are performed in step S1537.

(Process 1) In the medal number control CPU 301, when the value of the inserted number CT11 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0", the value of the inserted number CT11 is the medal to be inserted in one game in the slot machine SM and other slot machines. It is confirmed whether or not the set allowable input number is the set allowable input number (in this embodiment, "1" to "3"), and if it is not the set allowable input number, a predetermined notification (for example, one game) is confirmed. Notification of abnormalities in the number of inputs in

(Process 2) The medal number control CPU 301 pays out medals in one game in the slot machine SM and other slot machines when the value of the payout number CT12 received from the main control CPU 101 is not "0". It is confirmed whether or not the number is the set allowable payout number (in this embodiment, "1" to "15"), and if it is not the set allowable payout number, a predetermined notification (for example, one game) is confirmed. Notification of abnormalities in the number of payouts in

(Process 3) The medal number control CPU 301 compares the value of the input number CT11 received from the main control CPU 101 with the value of the confirmed input number CT33, and the value of the input number CT11 and the value of the confirmed input number CT33 are the same value. If the values are not the same, a predetermined notification (for example, notification of an abnormality in the number of medals inserted in one game) is performed.

After the process of step S1532, the main control CPU 101 clears each value of the input number CT11 and the payout number CT12 to “0” (step S1538). Further, after the process of step S1537, the medal number control CPU 301 clears each value of the number of inserted medals CT31 and the number of paid medals CT32 to "0", and stores the "hole control / fraud monitoring information" of step S1533. Since the telegram "game machine information notification" is the telegram "game machine information notification" that stores the first "hole control / fraud monitoring information" after the operation of the start switch 9, the value of the confirmation input number CT33 is set to "0". Clear (step S1539).

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the amount of medals exchanged between the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 is one, but the number of medals is not limited to one, and two or more medals are given. It may be.

Further, the content of "ON" of each signal in the above-described embodiment is set to the content of "OFF", the content of "OFF" is set to the content of "ON", and each signal is inverted and re-inverted accordingly. The process may be performed.

Further, the following contents may be added to the contents described with reference to FIG. 63 (a) in the above-described embodiment. The first rectangular side K311 is formed on the surface of the main control CPU 101 opposite to the surface facing the mounting surface MKa of the main control board 100 (the surface visible in FIG. 63 (a): hereinafter referred to as "upper surface") K331. A package marking including a plurality of elements arranged in a line substantially parallel to each other (hereinafter, referred to as "first plurality of parallel elements") is printed, and the number of medals control board 300 is mounted on the number of medals control CPU 301. A plurality of surfaces arranged in a row substantially parallel to the second rectangular side K313 on the surface opposite to the surface facing the surface HKa (the surface visible in FIG. 63 (a): hereinafter referred to as "upper surface"). (Hereinafter referred to as "second plurality of parallel elements"), the package marking including the elements of (hereinafter referred to as "second plurality of parallel elements") is printed. The first plurality of parallel elements and the second plurality of parallel elements include the same element sequence (consisting of two or more elements: hereinafter referred to as "same element sequence"). Each element of the same element string is any of a character, a symbol, and a figure. All the elements in the same element sequence may be characters, symbols, or figures. In addition, when a part of each element of the same element string is a character and the rest is a symbol, or a part of each element of the same element string is a character, the remaining part is a symbol, and the others are figures. In some cases, the same element string may be composed of a plurality of types. The same element sequence may have the same dimensions or different sizes on the main control CPU 101 side and the medal number control CPU 301 side, or may have the same color or different colors. Good.

According to this configuration, by comparing the same element sequence, it is confirmed whether the main control CPU 101 and the medal number control CPU 301 are not deviated (not tilted) or deviated (tilted) with respect to one side. It can be expected to be like this.

The color of the same element sequence on the upper surface K331 of the main control CPU 101 and the color of the upper surface K331 of the main control CPU 101 have a high contrast relationship or a color catching relationship in the color wheel diagram, and the upper surface K333 of the medal number control CPU 301 has a relationship of color capture. The color of a certain element sequence and the color of the upper surface K333 of the medal number control CPU 301 may have a high contrast relationship or a color capture relationship in the color wheel diagram. By doing so, it becomes easy to see each same element sequence used for confirming whether the first connector portion K103 and the second connector portion K104 are fitted at the proper positions without tilting, so that the confirmation can be easily performed. Become.

Further, in a device in which the contents described with reference to FIG. 63 in the above embodiment are BtoB-connected between other control boards to be BtoB-connected (for example, the main control board 100 and the sub-control board 200 are BtoB-connected, the main control board). It may be applied to (between 100 and the sub-control board 200).

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109 are configured to serve as the "first mounting means" and the "second mounting means", respectively, but the "first mounting means" is used. , "Second mounting means" may be provided separately from the first and second swivel shaft portions K108 and K109. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the first and second mounting means have a structure that cannot be opened without breaking the substrate case has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and some member may be broken or deformed. Any structure may be sufficient as long as the substrate case can be opened.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the "movement allowable means" is provided only on the first substrate case K101 side has been described, but it may be provided only on the second substrate case K102 side, and the first and second substrate cases may be provided. It may be provided in both the substrate cases K101 and K102 of the above.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, as the recesses K112 for forming a gap between the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, the recesses K101a11 and K102a11 formed in the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102, respectively. Although the example of forming the recess K112 has been described above, only one of the recesses K101a11 and K102a11 may be used as a recess for forming a gap between the first and second connector portions K103 and K104.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the upper right extension portion K101a5 and the upper left extension portion K102a5 are provided as the turning operation units of the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 has been described, but the upper right as the turning operation unit. The locking portion K117 may be used as the turning operation portion without providing the extending portion K101a5 and the upper left extending portion K102a5. By doing so, since the locking portion K117 also serves as the turning operation portion, the configuration can be simplified.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, each of the two extension pieces K105 for connecting the first and second substrate cases K101 and K102 in the BtoB-connected state were electrically connected by fitting. It may be arranged at a position where it overlaps with the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 in front view. At this time, the "position that overlaps in front view" is not limited to the case where the two extension pieces K105 are arranged within the vertical width range of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, and is not limited to the case where the two extension pieces K105 are arranged in front view. The upper extension piece K105 partially protrudes from the upper ends of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, and the lower extension piece K105 partially protrudes from the lower ends of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104. Including the case.

Then, as in the case where the first substrate case K101 and the second substrate case K102 are swiveled at different swivel angles, stress is applied to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 electrically connected by fitting. Even in such a situation, since the two extension pieces K105 are close to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104, they are directly related to the first and second connector portions K103 and K104. The twisting force can be relaxed by the two extension pieces K105, and damage to the pins and the like of the first and second connector portions K103 and K104 can be prevented.

In the above-described embodiment, by using a reader for each board (main control board 100, sub control board 200, medal number control board 300, unit control board 500, etc.), identification information of the board can be read. It may be deformed so that a sticker on which a symbol is formed is attached, and (Modification 1) to (Modification 3) will be described below.

The arrangement positions of the stickers on which the identification symbols are formed on the main control board 100, the sub control board 200, the medal number control board 300, the unit control board 500, and the like will be described with reference to FIGS. 68 to 70. However, since the placement position of the seal on which the identification symbol is formed is the same for each board (main control board 100, sub control board 200, medal number control board 300, unit control board 500, etc.), each board has the same idea. The board (main control board 100, sub control board 200, medal number control board 300, unit control board 500, etc.) will be described as the board M100. When the slot machine SM is provided with another substrate and a sticker on which the identification symbol is formed is attached to the other substrate, the arrangement position of the sticker on which the identification symbol is formed is determined by each substrate (main control board 100). , Sub-control board 200, number of medals control board 300, unit control board 500, etc.) can be based on the same idea as the idea regarding the arrangement position of the sticker on which the identification symbol is formed.

In the substrate M100, as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69, the surface M100a has a wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern for ground having a potential of 0 and a power supply having a potential of VDD. Wiring pattern M109 for signals and wiring pattern M102 for signals are arranged, and components M103A, M103B, M103C (for example, CPU) are mounted. In this modification (1), it is assumed that only three parts M103A, M103B, and M103C are mounted on the surface M100a of the substrate M100, but the number of mounted parts is limited to this. is not it.

Further, in the substrate M100, as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69, the component information M150 representing the component M103A is formed by silk printing on the wiring pattern M101 arranged on the surface M100a of the substrate M100. As shown in FIG. 69, the component information M150 is formed so as to bulge from the forming surface thereof. However, in FIG. 68, the information formed by silk printing is only the part information M150 of the part M103A, but the other parts information of the parts M103B and M103C may be formed by silk printing, or the parts may be formed. Information other than information may be formed by silk printing.

Further, on the back surface M100b of the substrate M100, as shown in FIG. 69, a wiring pattern M104 for ground having a potential of 0 and a wiring pattern for power supply having a potential of VDD (not shown). A wiring pattern (not shown) for signals is arranged.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69, the substrate M100 is a through-hole that electrically connects the ground wiring pattern M101 arranged on the front surface M100a and the ground wiring pattern M104 arranged on the back surface M100b. Hall M106 is formed. Further, the substrate M100 is formed with a through hole M110 for connecting the power supply wiring pattern M109 arranged on the front surface M100a and the power supply wiring pattern M109 arranged on the back surface M100b (see FIG. 68). Further, the substrate M100 is formed with a through hole M107 for connecting the signal wiring pattern M102 arranged on the front surface M100a and the signal wiring pattern M102 arranged on the back surface M100b (see FIG. 68).

Further, on the surface M100a side of the substrate M100, a predetermined area (hereinafter, referred to as “pasting area”) M132 to which the seal M131 is to be attached is predetermined, and all the attachment areas M132 have a single solid wiring pattern. It is on the wiring pattern M101.

A sticker M131 is arranged in the sticking area M132. In this modification (1), it is assumed that the sticker M131 and the sticking area M132 have the same dimensions and the same shape, and the sticker M131 is stuck so that the entire sticker M131 fits within the sticking area M132. In this modification (1), it is assumed that the sticker M131 and the sticking area M132 have the same dimensions and the same shape, but the sticking area M132 is not limited to this, and the entire sticker M131 is inside the sticking area M132. The size and shape may be such that the sticker M131 fits within the sticker M131. In this case as well, the sticker M131 may be stuck so that the sticker M131 fits within the sticker area M132.

A QR code (registered trademark) M120 that enables reading of the identification information of the substrate M100 by using a reader is formed on the front surface of the sticker M131, and on the back surface (the surface that becomes the substrate M100 side when attached). Adhesive is applied. The adhesive applied to the back surface of the sticker M131 causes the sticker M131 to be stuck to the sticking area M132 on the wiring pattern M101.

The QR code (registered trademark) M120 is imaged by a camera or the like provided in the reader, and the captured image is analyzed by a computer or the like provided in the reader to obtain the information (identification information of the substrate M100 in this embodiment). It is designed to be read. Since reading the QR code (registered trademark) M120 with a reader is a known technique, the details will be omitted.

The arrangement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 has a rectangular shape surrounded by a dotted line in FIG. 68, and is a printed portion (black portion of the portion surrounded by the dotted line in FIG. 68) and a printed portion (in the dotted line in FIG. 68). The white part of the surrounding part) is included. Here, the three corners of the rectangle forming the arrangement area M121 correspond to the outermost corners of the finder patterns (cutout symbol, position detection pattern) of the QR code (registered trademark) M120, respectively.

As described above, all of the pasting areas M132 are on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern. Therefore, the entire sticker M131 stuck in the sticking area M132 exists on the wiring pattern M101. Further, the entire QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the seal M131 and the entire arrangement area M121 thereof are naturally present on the wiring pattern M101.

The above-mentioned through hole M106 is arranged so as to avoid the sticking area M132 so that even a part of the through hole M106 is not included in the sticking area M132. That is, even a part of the through hole M106 does not exist in the sticking area M132. Further, the part information M150 is arranged so as to avoid the sticking area M132 so that even a part of the part information M150 is not included in the sticking area M132. That is, even a part of the part information M150 does not exist in the sticking area M132. Therefore, the through hole M106 and the part information M150 do not exist under the sticker M131 attached to the attachment area M132. Since the entire sticking area M132 to which the sticker M131 is stuck is on the wiring pattern M101, it is natural that the through holes M107 and M110 other than the through holes M106 exist under the sticker M131 stuck to the sticking area M132. Absent.

The area M145 including the arrangement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the predetermined area (hereinafter, referred to as “arrangement adjacent area”) M140 adjacent to the arrangement area M121 is covered with the surface M100a (single solid wiring). A specific component (for example, one-way through-hole mounting type or TO type used in some capacitors, filters, and ICs) whose height from the wiring pattern M101), which is a pattern, may be a predetermined value H or more. This is the area where the packaged product and connector) are not placed. This area M145 is referred to as an arrangement prohibited area M145. It should be noted that it is prohibited to arrange a specific part whose height may be a predetermined value H or more so as to be included in the arrangement prohibition area M145 even if it is a part thereof.

In this modification (1), the arrangement adjacent area M140 has a frame shape having a square outer shape centered on the center of the arrangement area M121, and each side of the arrangement area M121 and the outer shape of the arrangement adjacent area M140. The distance to each side is a predetermined value. When the arrangement adjacent area M140 is set first, for example, a plurality of specific parts having different heights are prepared, and a test is performed to see if the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is erroneously recognized. A predetermined value H to be actually used may be determined according to the result. Further, when the predetermined value H is set first, for example, a plurality of arranged adjacent regions M140 having different sizes and shapes are prepared, and a test is performed to see if the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is erroneously recognized. Depending on the result, the size and shape of the arrangement adjacent region M140 actually used may be determined.

The placement prohibition area M145 is a specific package part (for example, a one-way through-hole mounting type or TO type package part) or a fixed area instead of a region prohibiting the placement of parts having a predetermined value H or higher. It may be an area where it is prohibited to arrange other parts (large-capacity capacitors, large filters, connectors, etc.).

The center of the arrangement adjacent area M140 and the center of the arrangement area M121 are not limited to the same. For example, the attachment area M132 to which the seal M131 on which the QR code (registered trademark) 120 is formed is attached is the substrate M100. The arrangement adjacent area M140 may be set so that the center of the arrangement adjacent area M140 and the center of the arrangement area M121 do not coincide with each other when the area is near the edge of the area.

As described above, the components M103A, M103B, and M103C are mounted on the surface M100a of the substrate M100. As shown in FIGS. 68 and 69, the component M103A is arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145, but as shown in FIG. 69, the height of the component M103A is less than a predetermined value H. Further, as shown in FIG. 69, the height of the component M103B is equal to or greater than a predetermined value H, but as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69, the entire component M103B is arranged so as to be outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. There is. Further, the component M103C is arranged so that the entire component M103C is outside the arrangement prohibited area M145 as shown in FIGS. 68 and 69, and the height thereof is less than a predetermined value H. Therefore, the specific component whose height may be equal to or higher than the predetermined value H is not arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145. That is, in FIG. 69, the component arrangement satisfies the condition that the specific component whose height may be the predetermined value H or more is not installed in the arrangement prohibited area M145.

In the case of FIG. 70A, only the parts M103A, M103B, and M103C are arranged on the surface M100a of the substrate M100, and the part M103A is the tallest part among the parts M103A, M103B, and M103C. , It is assumed that the height of the component is less than the predetermined value H. As shown in FIG. 70A, the component M103A is arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145, and although the component M103A is the tallest component among the components M103A, M103B, and M103C, its height is high. It is less than the predetermined value H. Further, as shown in FIG. 70A, the parts M103B and M103C are arranged so that the entire parts are outside the arrangement prohibited area M145, and the height thereof is less than a predetermined value H. Therefore, the specific component whose height may be equal to or higher than the predetermined value H is not arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145. That is, FIG. 70A shows the component arrangement satisfying the condition that the specific component whose height may be the predetermined value H or more is not installed in the arrangement prohibited area M145.

However, in FIG. 70A, in which the tallest component M103A is arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145, the tallest component is not installed in the arrangement prohibited area M145, using FIG. 72. The component arrangement does not satisfy the condition in the modification (3) described later.

Further, in the case of FIG. 70B, only the components M103B and M103C are arranged on the surface M100a of the substrate M100. As shown in FIG. 70B, the parts M103B and M103C are arranged so that their entire parts are outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. Therefore, the specific component whose height may be equal to or higher than the predetermined value H is not arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145. That is, FIG. 70B shows the component arrangement satisfying the condition that the specific component whose height may be the predetermined value H or more is not installed in the arrangement prohibited area M145.

As shown in FIG. 70B, even if the height of the component M103B closest to the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is a predetermined value H or more, the component M103B exists outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. If it is arranged in, it is a component arrangement that satisfies the above conditions.

In a state where the substrate M100 is attached to a predetermined inner wall surface of the housing of the slot machine SM, the back surface M100b faces the predetermined inner wall surface. When the substrate M100 is attached to the inside of the back surface of the housing of the slot machine SM, the substrate M100 is housed so that the front surface M100a is located on the front side of the housing and the back surface M100b is located on the inner wall surface side on the rear side of the housing. It is attached to the inner wall surface on the rear side of the body, and the back surface M100b faces the inner wall surface on the rear side. When the substrate M100 is attached to the inside of the left side surface of the slot machine SM housing, the substrate M100a is located on the inner wall surface side on the right side of the housing and the back surface M100b is located on the inner wall surface side on the left side of the housing. The M100 is attached to the inner wall surface on the left side of the housing, and the back surface M100b faces the inner wall surface on the left side.

Therefore, according to the above-mentioned modification (1), even if the regular board M100 is replaced with a non-regular board, the board M100 (main control board 100, sub control board 200, medal number control board 300, unit control board 500). Since the sticker M131 on which the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is formed is affixed to the surface M100a of (etc.), it is easy to know that it has been replaced, and it is illegal to attach a non-genuine board to the slot machine SM. The act can be effectively prevented. Further, since the QR code (registered trademark) M120 itself is not easily readable by a person such as alphanumeric characters, even if a fraudster sees the QR code (registered trademark) M120, it can be easily duplicated. It is not possible, and from this point as well, fraudulent activity can be effectively prevented.

Further, when the part information M150 is formed by silk printing, the part information M150 is formed so as to bulge from the formed surface (see FIGS. 69, 70A and 70B). Further, the end of the through hole M106 may be uneven with respect to the forming surface thereof. Further, in the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern formed on the surface M100a of the substrate M100, a step is formed with respect to the surface of the substrate at the edge portion of the wiring pattern M101.

Therefore, if the through hole M106 and the component information M150 are not arranged so as to avoid the sticking area M132, or a part of the sticking area M132 is on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern, and others. If the portion is not on the wiring pattern M101, the sticker M131 may be stuck on the through hole M106 or the part information M150, or a part of the sticker M131 may be stuck so as to protrude from the wiring pattern M101. , The surface of the seal M131 may become uneven. When the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of such an uneven seal M131 is imaged with a reader, the imaged QR code (registered trademark) M120 becomes distorted. This may lead to misrecognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. Further, when the sticker M131 is stuck on the through hole M106 or the part information M150, or a part of the sticker M131 is stuck so as to protrude from the wiring pattern M101, and is stuck on the uneven surface, the sticker is used. M131 is easily peeled off or easily damaged due to aging. If the seal M131 is peeled off or damaged, it may be mistaken for fraudulent activity, and in such a case, the slot machine SM cannot be operated.

On the other hand, according to the above-described modification (1), the entire sticking area M132 of the sticker M131 is on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern, and the through holes M106 and the component information M150 are in the sticking area M132. It is arranged to avoid. Therefore, the sticker M131 is attached to the attachment area M132 on the wiring pattern M101 so that the seal M131 avoids the through holes M106 and the component information M150 and is entirely present on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern. Will be. As a result, the surface of the seal M131 becomes substantially flat, and when the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of the seal M131 having such a substantially flat surface is imaged by a reader, the imaged QR code (registered) is obtained. The trademark) M120 is hardly distorted, which makes it possible to prevent erroneous recognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. Further, the seal M131 avoids the through hole M106 and the component information M150, and is substantially flat so that a part of the seal M131 does not protrude from the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern and the entire seal M131 exists on the wiring pattern M101. Since it is affixed on the top, it is possible to prevent the seal M131 from being easily peeled off or easily damaged due to aging due to unevenness due to the through hole M106 or the part information M150 or a step at the edge of the wiring pattern M101. , The above-mentioned problems can be effectively suppressed.

Further, in order to prevent the surface of the seal M131 from becoming uneven due to the through hole M106, the component information M150, and the step difference of various wiring patterns, the entire sticking area M132 of the seal M131 is as shown in the modified example (1). In the case where the wiring pattern M101 is present on a single solid wiring pattern (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as "first sticking region forming region pattern"), the surface M100a of the substrate M100. Considered to be present on a portion without a wiring pattern (hereinafter, referred to as a "non-wiring pattern portion") (hereinafter, appropriately referred to as a "second sticking area forming region pattern"). Be done. At this time, consider, for example, a case where a reader using light is used to read the QR code (registered trademark) M120. Since light may be transmitted through a glass substrate or a flexible substrate generally used as the substrate M100, a QR code (registered trademark) formed on the surface of the sticker M131 in which the whole is affixed on the non-wiring pattern portion. ) Even if you try to read M120, it may not be read (in the case of the second sticking area forming area pattern). On the other hand, since the wiring pattern such as the wiring pattern M101 does not transmit light due to the metal wiring layer, the QR code formed on the surface of the seal M131 entirely attached on the wiring pattern such as the wiring pattern M101. (Registered trademark) M120 can be read without being unreadable due to light transmission (in the case of the first sticking region forming region pattern). From this point, it can be said that the first sticking region forming region pattern is superior to the second sticking region forming region pattern.

Further, in the above-described modification (1), the area including the arrangement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the arrangement adjacent area M140 adjacent to the arrangement area M121 is specified to have a height of a predetermined value H or more. It is set as an arrangement prohibition area M145 that prohibits the arrangement of parts. In this way, when the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is read by the reader, the parts are focused and the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is greatly blurred, and the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is read correctly. Can be prevented from becoming impossible.

Further, for example, when the seal M131 is opaque, for example, when the seal M131 is attached so as to straddle a plurality of wiring patterns (for example, the wiring pattern M101 and the wiring pattern M102), the wiring pattern is under the seal M131. There is a problem that it is difficult to grasp whether or not there is. On the other hand, in the modification (1), by setting the entire sticking area M132 of the sticker M131 on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern, it is possible to effectively suppress the above-mentioned problems.

A modified example (2) will be described with reference to FIG. 71.

In the modified example (1), the through hole M106 is arranged so as to avoid the sticking area M132, whereas in the modified example (2), the through hole M106 is the sticking area M132 and a predetermined area adjacent to the sticking area M132. (Hereinafter, it will be referred to as "attachment adjacent area".) It differs in that it is arranged so as to avoid M160. Except for this point, the modified example (1) and the modified example (2) are the same, and in the modified example (2), the same reference numerals are given to the configurations corresponding to the configurations of the modified example (1). Since the description of (1) can be applied, the description will be omitted. Further, in the modified example (2), the same effect as that of the modified example (1) is obtained by the configuration corresponding to the configuration of the modified example (1). The description is omitted.

The through holes M106 are arranged so as to avoid the sticking area M132 and the predetermined area (pasting adjacent area) M160 adjacent to the sticking area M132. That is, the sticking area M132 and the sticking adjacent area M160 are areas M165 in which the placement of through holes is prohibited (hereinafter, referred to as “through hole placement prohibited area”). The through-hole M106 is not arranged so as to be included in the through-hole arrangement prohibited area M165 even if it is a part of the through hole M106.

In this modification (2), the sticking adjacent area M160 is defined so that the distance between each side of the sticking area M132 and each side of the outer shape of the sticking adjacent area M160 is equal to each other and is a predetermined value. .. For example, for the size of the sticking adjacent region M160, a plurality of patterns in which a through hole M106 is provided in the vicinity of the sticking area M132 are prepared in advance, and a test is performed to see if the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is erroneously recognized. Therefore, the size of a predetermined adjacent area to be actually used may be determined according to the test result.

The sticking adjacent area M160 is not limited to the one in which the distance between each side of the sticking area M132 and each side of the outer shape of the sticking adjacent area M160 is equal to each other, and is, for example, the following. May be good. When the sticking area M132 to which the seal M131 on which the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is formed is affixed near the edge of the substrate M100, the side of the affixing area M132 near the edge of the substrate M100 and the affixing adjacent to the sticker. The sticking adjacent area so that the distance between the side of the area M160 near the edge of the substrate M100 is smaller than the distance between each other side of the sticking area M132 and the other side of the sticking adjacent area M160. M160 may be set.

If a part of the through-hole arrangement prohibited area M165 protrudes from the wiring pattern M101 and is on, for example, the wiring pattern M102 or the wiring pattern M109, the through holes M107 and M110 should avoid the through-hole arrangement prohibited area M165. It may be arranged in.

Therefore, according to the modification (2), the through-hole arrangement prohibited area formed by the sticking area M132 to which the seal M131 on which the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is formed and the sticking adjacent area M160 adjacent to the sticking area M132 are attached. The through hole M106 does not exist in M165. Therefore, the reader mistakenly reads the through hole M106 as a part of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 as the printed part of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 (the black part of the part surrounded by the dotted line in FIG. 71). It is possible to prevent erroneous recognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 due to the above. For example, the finder pattern, alignment pattern, etc. of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 have a shape similar to the shape of the through hole M106 in a plan view when the surface M100a is viewed from a direction perpendicular to the surface M100a of the substrate M100. It is conceivable that the hole M106 is mistaken for the finder pattern, alignment pattern, etc. of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. However, in the modification (2), since the through hole M106 does not exist in the through hole arrangement prohibited area M165, the through hole M106 is erroneously read in the finder pattern, alignment pattern, etc. of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. It can be prevented.

A modified example (3) will be described with reference to FIG. 72.

In the modified example (1), the parts prohibited to be arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145 are parts having a height of a predetermined value H or more, whereas in the modified example (3), they are arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145. It differs in that it is the tallest component among the plurality of components mounted on the surface M100a, which is prohibited from being used. Except for this point, the modified example (1) and the modified example (3) are the same, and in the modified example (3), the same reference numerals are given to the configurations corresponding to the configurations of the modified example (1). Since the description of (1) can be applied, the description will be omitted. Further, the modified example (3) has the same effect as the modified example (1) depending on the configuration corresponding to the configuration of the modified example (1) in the modified example (3). Since the explanation can be applied, the explanation is omitted.

In the modified example (3), it is irrelevant whether or not the height of the component prohibited to be arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145 is equal to or higher than the predetermined value H, but it is compared with the modified example (1). 72 (a) to 72 (c) are marked with a solid line at a position where the height is a predetermined value H from the surface M100a.

Further, in the modification (3), only three parts M203A, M203B, and M203C are mounted on the surface M100a of the substrate M100 in the case of FIGS. 72 (a) and 72 (b), and FIG. 72 (c). In the case of), it is assumed that only two parts, M203A and M203B, are mounted, but the number of mounted parts is not limited to this.

Further, for example, the tallest component among the components expected to be arranged on the surface M100a of the substrate M100 and a plurality of arrangement adjacent areas M140 having different sizes and shapes are prepared, and a QR code (registered trademark) is prepared. ) A test may be performed to determine whether or not the M120 is erroneously recognized, and the size and shape of the arrangement adjacent region M140 actually used may be determined according to the test result.

In the case of FIG. 72A, it is assumed that among the parts M203A, M203B, and M203C, the part M203B is the tallest part from the surface M100a (wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern). To do. As shown in FIG. 72 (a), the component M203A is arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145, but the component M203A is not the tallest component among the components M203A, M203B, and M203C. Further, as shown in FIG. 72 (a), the tallest part M203B among the parts M203A, M203B, and M203C is arranged so that the entire part is outside the arrangement prohibited area M145, and the entire part M203C is arranged outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. It is arranged so as to be outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. Therefore, the tallest component M203B is not arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145. That is, FIG. 72A shows a component arrangement that satisfies the condition that the tallest component M203B is not installed in the arrangement prohibited area M145.

In the case of FIG. 72B, it is assumed that among the parts M203A, M203B, and M203C, the part M203B is the tallest part from the surface M100a (wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern). To do. As shown in FIG. 72 (b), the component M203A is arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145, and the height of the component M203A is equal to or more than a predetermined value H, but it is the most among the components M203A, M203B, and M203C. Not a tall part. Further, as shown in FIG. 72B, the tallest part M203B among the parts M203A, M203B, and M203C is arranged so that the entire part is outside the arrangement prohibited area M145, and the entire part M203C is arranged outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. It is arranged so as to be outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. Therefore, the tallest component M203B is not arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145. That is, FIG. 72B shows a component arrangement that satisfies the condition that the tallest component M203B is not installed in the arrangement prohibited area M145.

However, in FIG. 72 (b) in which the component M203A having a height of a predetermined value H or more is arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145, the component having a height of the predetermined value H or more is not installed in the arrangement prohibited area M145. That is, the component arrangement does not satisfy the conditions in the first embodiment.

In the case of FIG. 72 (c), it is assumed that the component M203B among the components M203B and M203C is the tallest component from the surface M100a (wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern). As shown in FIG. 72 (c), the tallest part M203B among the parts M203B and M203C is arranged so that the entire part is outside the arrangement prohibited area M145, and the entire part M203C is arranged so as to be outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. It is arranged so that it is outside. Therefore, the tallest component M203B is not arranged in the arrangement prohibited area M145. That is, in FIG. 72 (c), the component arrangement satisfies the condition that the tallest component M203B is not installed in the arrangement prohibited area M145.

As shown in FIG. 72 (c), even if the component M203B closest to the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is the tallest component, the component M203B is arranged so as to exist outside the arrangement prohibited area M145. If so, the component arrangement satisfies the above conditions.

As described above, in the modified example (3), a plurality of parts arranged on the surface M100a of the substrate M100 (parts M203A, M203B, M203C in FIGS. 72 (a) and 72 (b), and parts M203B in FIG. 72 (c)). , M203C), the tallest component is no longer installed in the arrangement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the predetermined arrangement adjacent area M140 adjacent to the arrangement area M121. There is.

Therefore, according to the above-described modification (3), the tallest component M203B is not installed in the arrangement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the arrangement adjacent area M140 adjacent to the arrangement area M121. In this way, when the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is read by the reader, the parts are focused and the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is greatly blurred, and the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is read correctly. Can be prevented from becoming impossible.

The above-mentioned modification examples (1) to (3) may be modified as follows.

For example, in each of the above-described modifications (1) to (3), the part information M150 is formed by silk printing, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, it may be formed by engraving with a laser or the like. .. When the part information M150 is formed by engraving, the part information M150 is formed so as to be recessed from the formed surface, unlike the case where the part information M150 is formed by silk printing. Further, the end of the through hole M106 may be uneven with respect to the forming surface thereof. Further, in the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern formed on the surface M100a of the substrate M100, a step is formed with respect to the surface of the substrate at the edge portion of the wiring pattern M101.

Therefore, if the through hole M106 and the component information M150 are not arranged so as to avoid the sticking area M132, or a part of the sticking area M132 is on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern, and others. If the portion is not on the wiring pattern M101, the sticker M131 may be stuck on the through hole M106 or the part information 150, or a part of the sticker M131 may be stuck so as to protrude from the wiring pattern M101. , The surface of the seal M131 may become uneven. When the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of such an uneven seal M131 is imaged with a reader, the imaged QR code (registered trademark) M120 becomes distorted. This may lead to misrecognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. Further, when the sticker M131 is stuck on the through hole M106 or the part information M150, or a part of the sticker M131 is stuck so as to protrude from the wiring pattern M101, and is stuck on the uneven surface, the sticker is used. M131 is easily peeled off or easily damaged due to aging. If the seal M131 is peeled off or damaged, it may be mistaken for fraudulent activity, and in such a case, the slot machine SM cannot be operated.

On the other hand, according to the above-described modification, the entire sticking area M132 of the sticker M131 is on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern, and the through holes M106 and the component information M150 avoid the sticking area M132. Is located in. Therefore, the sticker M131 is attached to the attachment area M132 on the wiring pattern M101 so that the seal M131 avoids the through holes M106 and the component information M150 and is entirely present on the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern. Will be. As a result, the surface of the seal M131 becomes substantially flat, and when the QR code (registered trademark) M120 formed on the surface of the seal M131 having such a substantially flat surface is imaged by a reader, the imaged QR code (registered) is obtained. The trademark) M120 is hardly distorted, which makes it possible to prevent erroneous recognition of the QR code (registered trademark) M120. Further, the seal M131 avoids the through hole M106 and the component information M150, and is substantially flat so that a part of the seal M131 does not protrude from the wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern and the entire seal M131 exists on the wiring pattern M101. Since it is affixed on the top, it is possible to prevent the seal M131 from being easily peeled off or easily damaged due to aging due to unevenness due to the through hole M106 or the part information M150 or a step at the edge of the wiring pattern M101. , The above-mentioned problems can be effectively suppressed.

Further, in each of the above-described modifications (1) to (3), the identification symbol is a QR code (registered trademark) M120 which is a two-dimensional code, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the QR code (registration) is used. A two-dimensional code other than the trademark) M120 may be used. Further, the identification symbol is not such that the identification information represented by the identification symbol can be read directly by a person, and the identification information represented by the identification symbol can be read by using a reader, for example, 1 It may be a dimensional code, a two-dimensional code, or the like.

Further, in each of the above-described modifications (1) to (3), all the sticking areas 132 of the seal M131 are on the ground wiring pattern M101 which is a single solid wiring pattern, but the present invention is not limited to this. However, for example, when the wiring pattern M109 for the power supply whose potential is the predetermined value VDD is a single solid wiring pattern, all the sticking areas M132 of the seal M131 are placed on the single solid wiring pattern M109. You may.

Further, in the above-described modifications (1) and (2), the parts having a height of a predetermined value H or more are placed adjacent to the arrangement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the predetermined arrangement adjacent to the arrangement area M121. In the modification (3), the tallest component among the plurality of components mounted on the surface M100a of the substrate M100 is the arrangement area M121 of the QR code (registered trademark) M120 and the area M140. Although it is not installed in the predetermined arrangement adjacent area M140 adjacent to the arrangement area M121, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the following may be used. Of the plurality of components mounted on the surface M100a of the substrate M100, the component closest to the QR code (registered trademark) M120 may be arranged so as not to be the tallest component. In this case, the arrangement of the parts shown in FIGS. 70 (b) and 72 (c) is not allowed.

Further, in each of the above-described modifications (1) to (3), the QR code (registered trademark) M120 is arranged on the surface M100a side where the parts of the substrate M100 are arranged, but is limited to this. Instead, it may be arranged on the back surface M100b side where the components of the substrate M100 are not arranged. In this case, the entire sticking area of the sticker is on a single solid wiring pattern (for example, a single solid wiring pattern for ground having a potential of 0 and a wiring pattern for a power supply having a potential of VDD). Yes, the sticker may be affixed so that the entire sticker fits within the affixed area, and specific information formed by through holes and silk printing or engraving may be arranged so as to avoid the affixed area.

Further, in each of the above-described embodiments, the slot machine has been described as a target, but the present invention is not limited to this, and can be applied to other gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

In addition, the contents of the above-described embodiment and the above-mentioned modified examples can be appropriately combined.

Then, the present invention can be widely applied to a game machine installed in a game hall such as a pachinko hall.

SM ... slot machine, CU ... card unit, 6L, 6M, 6R ... reel, 9 ... start switch, 100 ... main control board, 101 ... main control CPU, 102 ... memory, 300 ... number of medals control board, 301 ... number of medals Control CPU, 302 ... Memory, 500 ... Unit control board, 501 ... Unit CPU, 502 ... Memory

Claims (5)

Corresponds to a symbol display means having a plurality of variable display columns for variably displaying a plurality of types of symbols, a game start operation means for starting the variable display of each of the plurality of variable display columns, and each of the plurality of variable display columns. In a gaming machine that has a stop operation means for stopping the variable display, and is given a game value according to the stop result when all the variable display rows are stopped.
The main control device that controls the progress of the game,
It is equipped with a game value amount control device that controls the management of the game value amount.
The main control device is
The game value is received from the game value amount control device, a game using the game value is performed by operating the game start operation means, and the game is given based on the stop result of the game. The value is passed to the game value control device,
The game value control device is
Send game machine information including multiple items to an external game machine compatible unit,
By including the transfer amount of the game value in the transfer information and transmitting and receiving to and from the external game machine compatible unit, the transfer amount of the game value to and from the external game machine compatible unit can be exchanged. Do,
The game machine information is transmitted at a transmission timing in a predetermined cycle.
The communication of the transfer information is performed at a timing different from the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle.
Between the main control device and the game value amount control device,
Corresponding to the transmission timing in the predetermined cycle, the game value amount control device is at a communication timing prior to transmission of the game machine information to the external game machine compatible unit by the game value amount control device. However, among the plurality of items of the game machine information, the first communication for acquiring at least the information of the item including the first acquisition item not managed by the game value amount control device from the main control device. When,
The movement of the game value related to any of the input of the game value, the cancellation of the input of the game value, and the addition of the game value between the main control device and the game value amount control device. When the trigger of the above occurs, the movement of the game value between the main control device and the game value amount control device without waiting for the first communication timing after the trigger occurs. The second communication to do is done,
In the second communication, the movement of the game value between the main control device and the game value amount control device by the movement amount of the game value is the movement until the movement amount of the game value is reached. It is done by moving a predetermined amount of game value.
The plurality of items include the first acquired item based on the information acquired by the game value amount control device in the first communication and the information acquired by the game value amount control device in the second communication. There is a second acquisition item based on
As the first acquisition item,
The game unit input amount item related to the input amount of the game value in one game, and
There is a game unit grant amount item related to the game value grant amount in one game.
As the second acquisition item,
The actual input of the game value in the section based on the movement of the predetermined amount related to either the input of the game value or the cancellation of the input using the second communication in the continuous transmission timing section. Section unit input amount items related to quantity and
The section unit grant amount related to the actual grant amount of the game value in the section based on the movement of the predetermined amount related to the grant of the game value using the second communication in the continuous transmission timing section. A game machine characterized by having items. In the first communication,
The game value amount control device makes a predetermined request to the main control device at the communication timing.
The first aspect of claim 1, wherein the main control device receives the predetermined request and responds to the game value amount control device with information on the item including the first acquisition item. Game machine. The game value control device is
It is confirmed whether or not the input amount in the game unit input amount item acquired from the main control device is the set allowable input amount that is allowed to be set in the game machine and other game machines, and the setting allowable amount is confirmed. If it is not the input amount, an abnormality is notified and
It is confirmed whether or not the grant amount in the game unit grant amount item acquired from the main control device is the setting allowance grant amount that is allowed to be set in the game machine and other game machines, and the setting allowance is confirmed. The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein an abnormality is notified when the amount is not the granted amount. The game value control device is
It is confirmed whether or not the input amount in the game unit input amount item acquired from the main control device is the unique set input amount set in the game machine, and if it is not the unique set input amount, it is abnormal. Notify,
It is confirmed whether or not the grant amount in the game unit grant amount item acquired from the main control device is the unique setting grant amount set in the game machine, and if it is not the unique setting grant amount, it is abnormal. The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the game machine is characterized in that. When the power is turned on to the game machine, the unique setting input amount and the unique setting grant amount are notified from the main control device to the game value amount control device, so that the game value amount control device is notified. The gaming machine according to claim 4, wherein the game machine is managed by.

Images